Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

Codigos de Fallas

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 233

2012 Cadillac Escalade

2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES


DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX

DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX


DTC Description
DTC B0000 5A Vehicle Speed Information Circuit
DTC B0000
Plausibility Failure
DTC B1024 11 Circuit Board Temperature Sensor
DTC B1024
Above Maximum Threshold
DTC B1025 01 Audio Output 1 Left Front Circuit
Short to Battery
DTC B1025 02 Audio Output 1 Left Front Circuit
Short to Ground
DTC B1025 04 Audio Output 1 Left Front Circuit
Open
DTC B1035 01 Audio Output 2 Right Front Circuit
Short to Battery
DTC B1035 02 Audio Output 2 Right Front Circuit
Short to Ground
DTC B1035 04 Audio Output 2 Right Front Circuit
Open
DTC B1045 01 Audio Output 3 Left Rear Circuit
Short to Battery
DTC B1045 02 Audio Output 3 Left Rear Circuit
Short to Ground
DTC B1045 04 Audio Output 3 Left Rear Circuit
Open
DTC B1025-B1095 DTC B1055 01 Audio Output 4 Right Rear Circuit
Short to Battery
DTC B1055 02 Audio Output 4 Right Rear Circuit
Short to Ground
DTC B1055 04 Audio Output 4 Right Rear Circuit
Open
DTC B1065 01 Audio Output 5 Circuit Short to
Battery (Center IP)
DTC B1065 02 Audio Output 5 Circuit Short to
Ground (Center IP)
DTC B1065 04 Audio Output 5 Circuit Open
(Center IP)
DTC B1075 01 Audio Output 6 Circuit Short to
Battery (Subwoofer)
DTC B1075 02 Audio Output 6 Circuit Short to
Ground (Subwoofer)
DTC B1075 04 Audio Output 6 Circuit Open
(Subwoofer)
DTC B1085 01 Audio Output 7 Circuit Short to

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:52


18:11:40 Page 1 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Battery (LR D-Pillar)


DTC B1085 02 Audio Output 7 Circuit Short to
Ground (LR D-Pillar)
DTC B1085 04 Audio Output 7 Circuit Open (LR D-
Pillar)
DTC B1095 01 Audio Output 8 Circuit Short to
Battery (RR D-Pillar)
DTC B1095 02 Audio Output 8 Circuit Short to
Ground (RR D-Pillar)
DTC B1095 04 Audio Output 8 Circuit Open (RR D-
Pillar)
DTC B1259 02 Antenna Ground Circuit Short to
Ground
DTC B1259
DTC B1259 05 Antenna Ground Circuit Short to
Battery or Open
DTC B125C 02 Satellite Antenna 1 Circuit Short to
Ground
DTC B125C
DTC B125C 04 Satellite Antenna 1 Circuit Open
Circuit
DTC B1265 01 Switched 14 Volt Performance Short
to Battery
DTC B1265
DTC B1265 02 Switched 14 Volt Performance Short
to Ground
DTC B1271 DTC B1271 00 Theft Protection Active
DTC B1287 01 Amplifier Control Signal Circuit
Short to Battery
DTC B1287 02 Amplifier Control Signal Circuit
DTC B1287
Short to Ground
DTC B1287 04 Amplifier Control Signal Circuit
Open
DTC B1288 01 Video Display Mode Control Signal
Short to Battery
DTC B1288 02 Video Display Mode Control Signal
DTC B1288
Short to Ground
DTC B1288 04 Video Display Mode Control Signal
Open Circuit
DTC B1289 01 Video Display Brightness Control
Signal Short to Battery
DTC B1289 02 Video Display Brightness Control
DTC B1289
Signal Short to Ground
DTC B1289 04 Video Display Brightness Control
Signal Open Circuit
DTC B1449 03 Remote Device Voltage Below
Threshold
DTC B1449
DTC B1449 07 Remote Device Voltage Above
Threshold

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:41 Page 2 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

DTC B2455 02 Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit


Short to Ground
DTC B2455
DTC B2455 04 Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit
Open
DTC B2462 02 Global Positioning System (GPS)
Short to Ground
DTC B2462 (Navigation Radio)
DTC B2462 04 Global Positioning System (GPS)
Open Circuit
DTC B2462 02 Global Positioning System (GPS)
Signal Short to Ground
DTC B2462 (Communication Interface Module)
DTC B2462 04 Global Positioning System (GPS)
Signal Open Circuit
DTC B2470 02 Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit
Malfunction Short to Ground
DTC B2470
DTC B2470 04 Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit
Malfunction Open Circuit
DTC B2474 07 Navigation Display Head
DTC B2474
Backlighting Performance
DTC B2476 04 Cellular Phone Select Service Switch
Open Circuit
DTC B2476 59 Cellular Phone Select Service Switch
DTC B2476 or B2482
Stuck Button
DTC B2482 00 Cellular Phone Select Service Switch
Range/Performance

DTC B0000

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

DTC Descriptor

DTC B0000 5A

Vehicle Speed Information Circuit Plausibility Failure

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
Vehicle Speed Signal B0000 5A B0000 5A B0000 5A B0000 5A

Circuit/System Description

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:42 Page 3 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

The radio receives a vehicle speed signal from the electronic brake control module (EBCM) in order to correlate
actual vehicle speed to the movement of the vehicle calculated by the navigation system and reported serial
data.

Conditions for Running the DTC

l Radio ON.
l Battery voltage must be between 9-16 volts.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

l Vehicle speed from serial data is more than 5 km/h (3 mph) and vehicle speed pulse from the EBCM is 0
km/h (0 mph).
l Vehicle speed calculated from the navigation processing software is more than 36 km/h (22 mph) and
vehicle speed pulse from the EBCM is 0 km/h (0 mph) for 10 seconds continuously.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

l Turn by turn route navigation may be inoperative.


l Vehicle indicated location may be inaccurate.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

l The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.


l A history DTC clears after 100 malfunction-free ignition cycles.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Navigation System Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:42 Page 4 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Testing

IMPORTANT: Diagnose any antilock brake system (ABS) related DTCs before performing this
diagnostic.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the radio.


2. Ignition ON, operate the vehicle drive wheels at 5 mph. Test for 3-7 Hertz between the VSS circuit
terminal 5 and ground.
¡ If not within the specified range, test the VSS circuit for an open, high resistance, short to ground
or short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal replace the EBCM.
3. If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Control Module References for radio or EBCM replacement, setup, and programming

DTC B1024

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

DTC Descriptor

DTC B1024 11

Circuit Board Temperature Sensor Above Maximum Threshold

Circuit/System Description

The audio amplifier monitors the internal circuitry for excessive temperature. When the amplifier senses an
internal circuitry temperature greater than 95°C (203°F), the amplifier will set DTC B1024 11 and shut down
until the internal circuitry cools below 90°C (194°F).

Conditions for Running the DTC

l Radio ON.
l Battery voltage must be between 9-16 volts.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:42 Page 5 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The audio amplifier detects an over-heat condition greater than 95°C (203°F) of the internal amplifier circuitry.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The audio amplifier will shut down and all speakers will be inoperative.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

l The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.


l A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Diagnostic Aids

Extended use or extremely high volume especially in warm weather conditions may cause this DTC to set.
Under these conditions it may be normal for this DTC to set to prevent permanent damage to the audio
amplifier circuitry.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Radio/Audio System Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:42 Page 6 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

NOTE: Allow the entertainment system to cool if the ambient temperature inside the
vehicle is in excess before proceeding with this diagnostic procedure.

1. Ignition ON, with a scan tool clear all DTCs.


2. Radio ON, operate the system within the Condition for Running the DTC.
¡ If the DTC resets, replace the audio amplifier.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Control Module References for audio amplifier replacement, setup, and programming

DTC B1025-B1095

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

DTC Descriptors

DTC B1025 01

Audio Output 1 Left Front Circuit Short to Battery

DTC B1025 02

Audio Output 1 Left Front Circuit Short to Ground

DTC B1025 04

Audio Output 1 Left Front Circuit Open

DTC B1035 01

Audio Output 2 Right Front Circuit Short to Battery

DTC B1035 02

Audio Output 2 Right Front Circuit Short to Ground

DTC B1035 04

Audio Output 2 Right Front Circuit Open

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:42 Page 7 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

DTC B1045 01

Audio Output 3 Left Rear Circuit Short to Battery

DTC B1045 02

Audio Output 3 Left Rear Circuit Short to Ground

DTC B1045 04

Audio Output 3 Left Rear Circuit Open

DTC B1055 01

Audio Output 4 Right Rear Circuit Short to Battery

DTC B1055 02

Audio Output 4 Right Rear Circuit Short to Ground

DTC B1055 04

Audio Output 4 Right Rear Circuit Open

DTC B1065 01

Audio Output 5 Circuit Short to Battery (Center IP)

DTC B1065 02

Audio Output 5 Circuit Short to Ground (Center IP)

DTC B1065 04

Audio Output 5 Circuit Open (Center IP)

DTC B1075 01

Audio Output 6 Circuit Short to Battery (Subwoofer)

DTC B1075 02

Audio Output 6 Circuit Short to Ground (Subwoofer)

DTC B1075 04

Audio Output 6 Circuit Open (Subwoofer)

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:42 Page 8 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

DTC B1085 01

Audio Output 7 Circuit Short to Battery (LR D-Pillar)

DTC B1085 02

Audio Output 7 Circuit Short to Ground (LR D-Pillar)

DTC B1085 04

Audio Output 7 Circuit Open (LR D-Pillar)

DTC B1095 01

Audio Output 8 Circuit Short to Battery (RR D-Pillar)

DTC B1095 02

Audio Output 8 Circuit Short to Ground (RR D-Pillar)

DTC B1095 04

Audio Output 8 Circuit Open (RR D-Pillar)

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
Left Front Speaker Signal Circuits
B1025 02* B1025 04* B1025 01* -
(Front Door and Tweeter)
Right Front Speaker Signal Circuits
B1035 02* B1035 04* B1035 01* -
(Front Door and Tweeter)
Left Rear Speaker Signal Circuits
B1045 02* B1045 04* B1045 01* -
(Rear Door)
Right Rear Speaker Signal Circuits
B1055 02* B1055 04* B1055 01* -
(Rear Door)
Front Center Speaker Signal Circuits
B1065 02* B1065 04* B1065 01* -
(Center IP)
Subwoofer Low Level Audio Signal
B1075 02* B1075 04* B1075 01* -
Circuits (Center Console)
Left Midrange Speaker Signal Circuits
B1085 02* B1085 04* B1085 01* -
(LR D-Pillar)
Right Midrange Speaker Signal
B1095 02* B1055 04* B1095 01* -
Circuits (RR D-Pillar)
* Noticeable audio distortion possible.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:43 Page 9 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Circuit/System Description

Each of the audio output channel circuits (+) and (-), at the radio and audio amplifier have a DC bias voltage
that is one half of the battery voltage. When using a DMM, each of the audio output channel circuits will
measure approximately 6.5V DC. The audio being played on the system is produced by a varying AC voltage
that is centered around the DC bias voltage on the same circuit. The AC voltage is what causes the speaker cone
to move and produce sound. This voltage will vary depending on what type of audio is being listened to, talk or
music, and type of music, as well as the volume setting of the system. Low volume and talk settings will
measure around 1V AC and less, where constant music may measure 3V AC and slightly higher.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The radio is ON.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

Set by Radio

The radio sets a current status for this DTC when a short to ground, short to voltage or an open is detected on
any of the speaker channel outputs from the radio.

Set by Bose Amplifier

The DTC will not set during normal amplifier operation. The vehicle must have the ignition OFF for several
hours and the fault must be present during amplifier power-up.

DTC B1025 01, B1035 01, B1045 01, B1055 01, B1065 01, B1075 01, B1085 01, B1095 01

A short to voltage is detected on the specified (+) or (-) signal circuit

DTC B1025 02, B1035 02, B1045 02, B1055 02, B1065 02, B1075 02, B1085 02, B1095 02

A short to ground is detected on the specified (+) or (-) signal circuit

DTC B1025 04, B1035 04, B1045 04, B1055 04, B1065 04, B1075 04, B1085 04, B1095 04

An open is detected on the specified (+) or (-) signal circuit

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

No sound is present from one or more of the speakers.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

Set by Radio

The fault condition becomes history if not present for 0.25 seconds.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:43 Page 10 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Set by Bose Amplifier

The fault condition becomes history after the vehicle ignition has been OFF for several hours and then the
ignition turns ON.

Diagnostic Aids

Speakers located in the front A-pillar are connected to the same channel as the speaker in the door. A DTC will
only set after the amplifier only on up-level radios.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

Radio ON, adjust the fade and balance controls on the radio to test all four channels individually. Each of the
four channels should produce clear and even sound.

Circuit/System Testing

IMPORTANT: This DTC can be set by either the radio or the amplifier. If the DTC was set by
the radio, diagnose the appropriate audio output circuits to the speakers or the
low level inputs to the amplifier (if equipped). If the DTC was set by the
amplifier, diagnose audio output signals to the speakers from the amplifier. If
equipped with rear seat audio (RSA) (U42), the RSA must be turned off to
perform proper speaker testing.

Without Amplifier

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:43 Page 11 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate speaker.


2. Radio ON, test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the signal circuit terminal A and ground.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.
¡ If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
3. Test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the signal circuit terminal B and ground.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.
¡ If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
4. If all circuits test normal, replace the speaker.

DTC Set By The Radio UQA

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the amplifier.


2. Radio ON, test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and ground.
l Left front low level audio signal (+) - terminal 15

l Left front low level audio signal (-) - terminal 7

l Right front low level audio signal (+) - terminal 14

l Right front low level audio signal (-) - terminal 6

l Left rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 13

l Left rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 5

l Right rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 12

l Right rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 4

¡ If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.
3. If all circuits test normal, replace the amplifier.

DTC Set By Radio UQA with U42

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the amplifier.


2. Radio ON, test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and ground.
l Left front low level audio signal (+) - terminal 15

l Left front low level audio signal (-) - terminal 7

l Right front low level audio signal (+) - terminal 14

l Right front low level audio signal (-) - terminal 6

¡ If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:43 Page 12 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

¡ If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.
3. Ignition OFF, reconnect the X3 harness connector at the amplifier.
4. Disconnect the X2 harness connector at the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
5. Radio ON, test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and ground.
l Left rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 1

l Left rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 2

l Right rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 3

l Right rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 4

¡ If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
6. Ignition OFF, reconnect the X2 harness connector at the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
7. Disconnect the X3 harness connector at the amplifier.
8. Radio ON, test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and ground.
l Left rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 13

l Left rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 5

l Right rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 12

l Right rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 4

¡ If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
9. If all circuits test normal, replace the amplifier.

DTC Set By Radio UQA with Y91 and U42 or UQS and U42

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 and X4 harness connectors at the amplifier.


2. Radio ON, test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and ground.
l Left front low level audio signal (+) - terminal 11 X3

l Left front low level audio signal (-) - terminal 12 X3

l Right front low level audio signal (+) - terminal 3 X3

l Right front low level audio signal (-) - terminal 4 X3

l Left rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 11 X4

l Left rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 12 X4

l Right rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 3 X4

l Right rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 4 X4

l Subwoofer low level audio signal (+) - terminal 5 X4

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:43 Page 13 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Subwoofer low level audio signal (-) - terminal 6 X4


l Center Channel low level audio signal (+) - terminal 13 X4

l Center Channel low level audio signal (-) - terminal 14 X4

¡ If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.
3. If all circuits test normal, replace the amplifier.

DTC Set By Radio UQA with Y91 and U42 or UQS and U42

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 and X4 harness connector at the amplifier.


2. Radio ON, test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and ground.
l Left front low level audio signal (+) - terminal 11 X3

l Left front low level audio signal (-) - terminal 12 X3

l Right front low level audio signal (+) - terminal 3 X3

l Right front low level audio signal (-) - terminal 4 X3

l Subwoofer low level audio signal (+) - terminal 5 X4

l Subwoofer low level audio signal (-) - terminal 6 X4

l Center Channel low level audio signal (+) - terminal 13 X4

l Center Channel low level audio signal (-) - terminal 14 X4

¡ If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.
3. Ignition OFF, reconnect the X3 harness connector at the amplifier.
4. Disconnect the X2 harness connector at the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
5. Radio ON, test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and ground.
l Left rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 1

l Left rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 2

l Right rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 3

l Right rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 4

¡ If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
6. Ignition OFF, reconnect the X2 harness connector at the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
7. Disconnect the X2 harness connector at the amplifier.
8. Radio ON, test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and ground.
l Left rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 15

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:43 Page 14 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Left rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 14


l Right rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 16

l Right rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 8

¡ If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
9. If all circuits test normal, replace the amplifier.

DTC Set by Audio Amplifier UQA

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 and X2 connectors at the amplifier.


2. Radio ON, test for less than 1 volt between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and
ground:
l Left front speaker output (+) - terminal 4 X2

l Left front speaker output (-) - terminal 3 X2

l Right front speaker output (+) - terminal 2 X2

l Right front low speaker output (-) - terminal 1 X2

l Left rear speaker output (+) - terminal 8 X2

l Left rear speaker output (-) - terminal 7 X2

l Right rear speaker output (+) - terminal 6 X2

l Right rear speaker output (-) - terminal 5 X2

l Left or rear subwoofer speaker output (+) - terminal 7 X1

l Left or rear subwoofer speaker output (-) - terminal 3 X1

l Right subwoofer speaker output (+) - terminal 6 X1

l Right subwoofer speaker output (-) - terminal 2 X1

¡ If greater than the specified range, test both circuits of the affected speaker for a short to voltage.

3. Radio OFF, test for infinite resistance between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and
ground:
l Left front speaker output (+) - terminal 4 X2

l Left front speaker output (-) - terminal 3 X2

l Right front speaker output (+) - terminal 2 X2

l Right front low speaker output (-) - terminal 1 X2

l Left rear speaker output (+) - terminal 8 X2

l Left rear speaker output (-) - terminal 7 X2

l Right rear speaker output (+) - terminal 6 X2

l Right rear speaker output (-) - terminal 5 X2

l Left or rear subwoofer speaker output (+) - terminal 7 X1

l Left or rear subwoofer speaker output (-) - terminal 3 X1

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:44 Page 15 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Right subwoofer speaker output (+) - terminal 6 X1


l Right subwoofer speaker output (-) - terminal 2 X1

¡ If less than the specified value, test both circuits of the affected speaker for a short to ground.

4. If all circuits test normal, reconnect all harness connectors at the amplifier.
5. Ignition ON, radio ON, disconnect the appropriate speaker.
6. Test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the signal circuit terminals and ground.
¡ If less then the specified range test the circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal,
replace the amplifier.
¡ If greater then the specified range test the circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal,
replace the amplifier.
7. If the circuit tests normal, replace the appropriate speaker.

DTC Set by Audio Amplifier UQA with Y91 or UQS

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 and X2 connectors at the amplifier.


2. Radio ON, test for less than 1 volt between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and
ground:
l Left front speaker output (+) - terminal 4 X2

l Left front speaker output (-) - terminal 5 X2

l Right front speaker output (+) - terminal 7 X2

l Right front speaker output (-) - terminal 6 X2

l Left rear speaker output (+) - terminal 15 X2

l Left rear speaker output (-) - terminal 14 X2

l Right rear speaker output (+) - terminal 16 X2

l Right rear speaker output (-) - terminal 8 X2

l Front center speaker output (+) - terminal 13 X2

l Front center speaker output (-) - terminal 12 X2

l Right rear midrange speaker output (+) - terminal 3 X2

l Right rear midrange speaker output (-) - terminal 2 X2

l Left rear midrange speaker output (+) - terminal 11 X2

l Left rear midrange speaker output (-) - terminal 10 X2

l Left or rear subwoofer speaker output (+) - terminal 1 X1

l Left or rear subwoofer speaker output (-) - terminal 2 X1

l Right subwoofer speaker output (+) - terminal 7 X1

l Right subwoofer speaker output (-) - terminal 3 X1

¡ If greater than the specified range, test both circuits of the affected speaker for a short to voltage.

3. Radio OFF, test for infinite resistance between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and
ground:
l Left front speaker output (+) - terminal 4 X2

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:44 Page 16 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Left front speaker output (-) - terminal 5 X2


l Right front speaker output (+) - terminal 7 X2

l Right front speaker output (-) - terminal 6 X2

l Left rear speaker output (+) - terminal 15 X2

l Left rear speaker output (-) - terminal 14 X2

l Right rear speaker output (+) - terminal 16 X2

l Right rear speaker output (-) - terminal 8 X2

l Front center speaker output (+) - terminal 13 X2

l Front center speaker output (-) - terminal 12 X2

l Right rear midrange speaker output (+) - terminal 3 X2

l Right rear midrange speaker output (-) - terminal 2 X2

l Left rear midrange speaker output (+) - terminal 11 X2

l Left rear midrange speaker output (-) - terminal 10 X2

l Left or rear subwoofer speaker output (+) - terminal 1 X1

l Left or rear subwoofer speaker output (-) - terminal 2 X1

l Right subwoofer speaker output (+) - terminal 7 X1

l Right subwoofer speaker output (-) - terminal 3 X1

¡ If less than the specified value, test both circuits of the affected speaker for a short to ground.

4. If all circuits test normal, reconnect all harness connectors at the amplifier.
5. Radio ON, disconnect the appropriate speaker.
6. Test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the signal circuit terminals and ground.
¡ If less then the specified range test the circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal,
replace the amplifier.
¡ If greater then the specified range test the circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal,
replace the amplifier.
7. If the circuit tests normal, replace the appropriate speaker.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Speaker Replacement Reference


l Control Module References for Amplifier and Radio replacement, setup, and programming

DTC B1259

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:44 Page 17 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

DTC Descriptors

DTC B1259 02

Antenna Ground Circuit Short to Ground

DTC B1259 05

Antenna Ground Circuit Short to Battery or Open

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
B+ Voltage - 1 - -
Left Audio Signal (+) 2 2 2 -
Left Audio Signal (-) 2 2 2 -
Right Audio Signal (+) 3 3 3 -
Right Audio Signal (-) 3 3 3 -
Digital Radio Antenna Coax B1259 02 B1259 05 B1259 05 -
Ground - 1 - -
1. No communication with DRR/XM not available
2. No or distorted audio from left side speakers when listening to digital radio
3. No or distorted audio from right side speakers when listening to digital radio

Circuit/System Description

The digital radio receiver (DRR) receives an XM satellite radio signal via the digital radio antenna. This signal
is passed to the DRR through the digital radio antenna coax. The DRR sends a varying AC mV signal through
separate left and right audio circuits (+ and -) to the radio. The voltage amount and rate of change is dependent
upon the type of signal being received. The radio then processes these signals and passes the audio to the
appropriate speakers or amplifier.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The ignition is ON.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

B1259 02

The DRR detects a short to ground in the antenna circuit.

B1259 05

The DRR detects a short to voltage or an open in the antenna circuit.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:44 Page 18 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The radio displays No XM Signal.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

l A current DTC will clear when the conditions for setting the DTC are no longer present.
l A history DTC clears after 100 malfunction-free ignition cycles.

Diagnostic Aids

When diagnosing digital radio concerns, the vehicle should be located outside with an unobstructed view of the
southern sky to ensure proper reception of the satellite signal. Reception may limited, intermittent or not
possible inside structures or under heavy cover.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Radio/Audio System Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

EL-48028 Digital Radio Test Antenna

Circuit System Verification

With the vehicle outside in an area with an unobstructed view of the southern sky, tune to XM. Verify XM

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:44 Page 19 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

reception is clear and the No XM Signal message is not displayed on the radio.

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the antenna coax from the DRR. Connect the EL-48028 antenna to the DRR.
2. Radio ON, tuned to XM, verify DTC B1259 is not set as current.
¡ If the DTC is current, replace the DRR.

3. Ignition OFF, reconnect the antenna coax to the DRR, disconnect the digital radio antenna coax from the
digital radio antenna.
4. Ignition ON, test for 4.5-5.5 volts between the antenna coax center terminal and the coax outer shield.
¡ If not within the specified range, replace the antenna coax.

5. If all circuits test normal, replace the digital radio antenna.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Cellular Communications/Digital Radio Antenna Replacement


l Control Module References for DRR replacement, setup, and programming

DTC B125C

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

DTC Descriptors

DTC B125C 02

Satellite Antenna 1 Circuit Short to Ground

DTC B125C 04

Satellite Antenna 1 Circuit Open Circuit

Circuit/System Description

The digital radio receiver, located inside the radio, receives digital radio information from the digital radio
antenna located on the outside of the vehicle. The digital radio receiver is connected to the digital radio antenna
via a shielded coax cable.

Conditions for Running the DTC

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:44 Page 20 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

This DTC is run every 300 milliseconds.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The radio detects a circuit fault in the digital radio antenna.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The radio displays No XM Signal or Check Antenna.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

l A current DTC clears when the condition for setting the DTC is no longer present.
l A history DTC clears after 100 malfunction-free ignition cycles.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Radio/Audio System Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Special Tools

EL-48028 Digital Radio Test Antenna

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools.

Circuit System Verification

With the vehicle outside in an area with an unobstructed view of the southern sky, tune to XM. Verify XM
reception is clear and the No XM Signal message is not displayed on the radio.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:45 Page 21 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the digital radio antenna coax cable from the A11 radio. Connect the EL-48028
to the radio and place on the roof of the vehicle.
2. Ignition ON, radio tuned to XM channel 1. Verify DTC B125C is not set as current and XM reception is
improved.
¡ If DTC B125C is set as current or the reception is not improved, replace the A11 radio.

3. Ignition OFF, reconnect the antenna coax cable at the A11 radio. Disconnect the antenna coax cable from
the T4G antenna.
4. Ignition ON, radio ON, test for 4.5-5.5 V between the antenna coax cable center terminal and an outer
shield.
¡ If less than the specified range, test the antenna coax cable for an open/high resistance or a short to
ground.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the antenna coax cable for a short to voltage.

5. If all circuits test normal, replace the T4G antenna.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

l Radio Antenna Replacement


l Control Module References for radio replacement, programming and setup

DTC B1265

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

DTC Descriptor

DTC B1265 01

Switched 14 Volt Performance Short to Battery

DTC B1265 02

Switched 14 Volt Performance Short to Ground

Circuit/System Description

When the radio is on, a discrete 12 V signal is supplied on the entertainment remote enable circuit to the Audio
Amplifier, Navigation Info Display and Display Actuator (if equipped), and the Seatback Video Displays (if

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:45 Page 22 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

equipped). This signal is used to control the power state of the components.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The following are conditions that must be present in order for the radio to enable diagnostics:

l The radio is ON.


l The system voltage is 9-16 V

Conditions for Setting the DTC

B1265 01

l The radio detects a short to voltage on the entertainment remote enable circuit.
l The above condition is present for greater than 250 mS.

B1265 02

l The radio detects a short to ground on the entertainment remote enable circuit circuit.
l The above condition is present for greater than 250 mS.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

l The radio implements a current limiting mode and disables the output on the entertainment remote enable
circuit.
l All components connected on the entertainment remote enable circuit will be inoperative.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

l The condition for setting the DTC no longer exists.


l After the ignition has been OFF for a sufficient amount of time to allow the radio to enter a low
power/sleep state, the radio will re-enable the output on the following ignition cycle and the DTC will
become history.
l A history DTC clears after 50 malfunction-free ignition cycles.

Diagnostic Aids

l This DTC may be stored as a history DTC without affecting the operation of the radio/infotainment
systems.
l The radio's current limiting logic will not re-enable the output on the entertainment remote enable circuit
until after the radio performs a full power-down. It may be necessary to wait 5 minutes with the key OFF
and retained accessory power OFF for the radio to re-enable this output.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:45 Page 23 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Radio/Navigation System Schematics


l Video System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Navigation System Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Testing

B1265 01

1. Ignition OFF, radio OFF, radio B+ fuse removed, disconnect all of the connectors listed below:
l Audio Amplifier X3

l Video Signal Splitter X1 (if equipped)

l Front Digital Video Disc Display (if equipped)

l Rear Digital Video Disc Display (if equipped)

2. Reinstall the radio B+ fuse. Ignition OFF, radio OFF, verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between
the entertainment remote enable circuit terminals listed below and ground:
l Audio Amplifier X3 terminal 8

l Video Signal Splitter X1 terminal 11 (if equipped)

l Front Digital Video Disc Display terminal 8 (if equipped)

l Rear Digital Video Disc Display terminal 8 (if equipped)

¡ If the test lamp illuminates, test the entertainment remote enable circuit for a short to voltage. If the
circuit tests normal replace the radio.
3. Re-connect the harness connectors listed below one at a time. Verify that DTC B1265 01 does NOT set as
current as each component is re-connected.
l Audio Amplifier X3

l Video Signal Splitter X1 (if equipped)

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:45 Page 24 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Front Digital Video Disc Display (if equipped)


l Rear Digital Video Disc Display (if equipped)
¡ If DTC B1265 01 sets as current, replace the module/component that was just re-connected.

B1265 02

1. Ignition OFF, radio OFF, radio B+ fuse removed, disconnect all of the connectors listed below:
l Audio Amplifier X3

l Video Signal Splitter X1 (if equipped)

l Front Digital Video Disc Display (if equipped)

l Rear Digital Video Disc Display (if equipped)

2. Reinstall the radio B+ fuse. Ignition ON, radio ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the
entertainment remote enable circuit terminals listed below and ground:
l Audio Amplifier X3 terminal 8

l Video Signal Splitter X1 terminal 11 (if equipped)

l Front Digital Video Disc Display terminal 8 (if equipped)

l Rear Digital Video Disc Display terminal 8 (if equipped)

¡ If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the entertainment remote enable circuit for a short to
ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal replace the radio.
3. Re-connect the harness connectors listed below one at a time. Verify that DTC B1265 02 does NOT set as
current as each component is re-connected.
l Audio Amplifier X3

l Video Signal Splitter X1 (if equipped)

l Front Digital Video Disc Display (if equipped)

l Rear Digital Video Disc Display (if equipped)

¡ If DTC B1265 02 sets as current, replace the module/component that was just re-connected.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

l Audio/Video Disc Player Adapter Replacement (Except Cadillac), Audio/Video Disc Player
Adapter Replacement (Cadillac)
l Video Display Replacement (Second Row), Video Display Replacement (Third Row)
l Control Module References for radio and amplifier replacement, programming, and setup

DTC B1271

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:46 Page 25 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

DTC Descriptor

DTC B1271 00

Theft Protection Active

Circuit/System Description

When the radio is initially installed in the vehicle, the radio receives VIN information via serial data. The radio
stores a portion of the VIN and compares this sequence to the VIN information received each time the radio
powers on. The VIN in the radio is a single one-time learn.

The radio theft deterrent system is intended to disable or limit radio functionality if incorrect vehicle
information is received by the radio. The radio disables functionality if the VIN information received by the
radio does not match the VIN information that has been learned by the radio. This DTC is generated by the
module when the Theft Protection is activated.

Conditions for Running the DTC

This DTC test runs when the radio changes from OFF to ON.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The radio has learned a correct VIN sequence and the VIN information received via serial data does NOT match
the learned VIN sequence.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

l The radio may be disabled or have limited functionality.


l The radio display will indicate that theft protection is active.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The radio receives the correct VIN information via serial data.

Diagnostic Aids

A possible cause of incorrect VIN info could be the radio was originally installed in another vehicle.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:46 Page 26 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Radio/Audio System Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Ignition ON, radio ON.


2. Verify DTC B1271 is not set.
¡ If DTC B1271 is set

Replace the A11 radio.

If DTC B1271 is not set


¡

3. All OK.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

Control Module References for radio replacement, programming, and setup

DTC B1287

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

DTC Descriptors

DTC B1287 01

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:46 Page 27 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Amplifier Control Signal Circuit Short to Battery

DTC B1287 02

Amplifier Control Signal Circuit Short to Ground

DTC B1287 04

Amplifier Control Signal Circuit Open

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
Amplifier Control B1287 02 B1287 04 B1287 01 -

Circuit/System Description

The radio provides a remote amplifier mute output circuit to control overall muting of the remote amplifier. The
amplifier receives pulse width modulated (PWM) signals on the control circuit at varying duty cycle
percentages for controlling muted and unmuted functions of the amplifier. Circuitry internal to the radio
monitors the remote amplifier mute circuit for faults and sets the appropriate DTC when faults are detected.

Conditions for Running the DTC

l Radio is ON
l The system voltage is at between 9 volts and 16 volts

Conditions for Setting the DTC

A short to voltage, short to ground, or an open is seen on the remote enable circuit

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

Amplifier functions are disabled

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

l A current DTC clears when the condition for setting the DTC is no longer present
l A history DTC clears after 100 malfunction-free ignition cycles

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:46 Page 28 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Radio/Audio System Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

Radio ON, adjust the fade and balance control to verify audio is present at each individual channel.

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the audio amplifier.


2. Ignition ON, radio ON and un-muted, test for 0.5-1.0 volts between the amplifier control circuit terminal
11 and ground.
¡ If greater than the specified value, test the amplifier control circuit for a short to voltage. If the
circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
¡ If less than the specified value, test the amplifier control circuit for a short to ground or an
open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
3. If all circuits test normal, replace the amplifier.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Control Module References for radio or amplifier replacement

DTC B1288

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:47 Page 29 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

DTC Descriptors

DTC B1288 01

Video Display Mode Control Signal Short to Battery

DTC B1288 02

Video Display Mode Control Signal Short to Ground

DTC B1288 04

Video Display Mode Control Signal Open Circuit

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
DVD Display B+ 1 1 1 -
Radio ON Signal 1 1 1 -
Video Display Brightness Signal B1289 02 B1289 04 B1289 01 -
Video Display Mode Control B1288 02 B1288 04 B1288 01 -
Video High Signal 1 1 1 -
Video Low Signal 1 1 1 -
DVD Display Ground - 1 - -
1. Video Entertainment System Inoperative.

Circuit/System Description

The radio can control the video display mode on vehicles equipped with rear seat entertainment (RSE) video.
The radio varies a pulse with modulated (PWM) signal to the rear entertainment video screen to command the
display mode.

Conditions for Running the DTC

l Ignition ON.
l Battery voltage must be between 9-16 volts.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The DTC will set when the radio detects a short to voltage, short to ground, or an open/high resistance in the
video display mode control circuit 400 ms after the radio activates the remote enable circuit.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:47 Page 30 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

The radio sets the DTC and defaults the video display to normal mode.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

l The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.


l A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Video System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Video Entertainment System Description and Operation (Non-Headrest DVD Systems), Video
Entertainment System Description and Operation (Dual Headrest DVD Systems)

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the rear video display.
2. Ignition ON, test for 100-300 Hz at the control circuit terminal 10.
¡ If not within the specified range, test the control circuit for a short to voltage, short to ground, or an
open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
3. If all circuits test normal, replace the rear video display.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Video Display Replacement (Second Row), Video Display Replacement (Third Row)

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:47 Page 31 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Control Module References for Radio replacement, setup, and programming

DTC B1289

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

DTC Descriptors

DTC B1289 01

Video Display Brightness Control Signal Short to Battery

DTC B1289 02

Video Display Brightness Control Signal Short to Ground

DTC B1289 04

Video Display Brightness Control Signal Open Circuit

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
DVD Display B+ 1 1 1 -
Radio ON Signal 1 1 1 -
Video Display Brightness Control B1289 02 B1289 04 B1289 01 -
Video Display Mode Control B1288 02 B1288 04 B1288 01 -
Video High Signal 1 1 1 -
Video Low Signal 1 1 1 -
DVD Display Ground - 1 - -
1. Video Entertainment System Inoperative.

Circuit/System Description

The radio can control the video display brightness on vehicles equipped with rear seat entertainment (RSE)
video. The radio varies a pulse with modulated (PWM) signal to the rear entertainment video screen to
command the screen brightness to the desired level.

Conditions for Running the DTC

l Ignition ON.
viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:47 Page 32 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Battery voltage must be between 9-16 volts.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The DTC will set when the radio detects a short to voltage, short to ground, or an open/high resistance in the
video display brightness control circuit 400 ms after the radio activates the remote enable circuit.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The radio sets the DTC and defaults the video display to full brightness.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

l The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.


l A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Video System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Video Entertainment System Description and Operation (Non-Headrest DVD Systems), Video
Entertainment System Description and Operation (Dual Headrest DVD Systems)

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the rear video display.
2. Ignition ON, test for 100-300 Hz at the control circuit terminal 9.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:48 Page 33 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

¡ If not within the specified range, test the control circuit for a short to voltage, short to ground, or an
open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
3. If all circuits test normal, replace the rear video display.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Video Display Replacement (Second Row), Video Display Replacement (Third Row)
l Control Module References for Radio replacement, setup, and programming

DTC B1449

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

DTC Descriptors

DTC B1449 03

Remote Device Voltage Below Threshold

DTC B1449 07

Remote Device Voltage Above Threshold

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
Infrared Module Voltage Signal B1449 03 B1449 03 B1449 07 -

Circuit/System Description

The infrared module is supplied with 10.5 volts from the rear audio/HVAC module when the rear audio system
is active. The infrared module is permanently grounded at G300.

Conditions for Running the DTC

l Ignition ON.
l Battery voltage must be between 9-16 volts.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:48 Page 34 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

The DTC will set when the rear audio/HVAC module detects a short to voltage, short to ground, or an
open/high resistance in the infrared module voltage signal circuit.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The rear audio/HVAC module sets the DTC and the infrared module will be disabled.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

l The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.


l A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Video Entertainment System Description and Operation (Non-Headrest DVD Systems), Video
Entertainment System Description and Operation (Dual Headrest DVD Systems)

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the infrared module.


2. Ignition OFF, test for less than 5.0 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 12 and ground.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.

3. Ignition ON, rear audio ON, test for 10.0-11.0 volts between the supply voltage circuit terminal 4 and
ground.
¡ If less than the specified range, test the voltage supply circuit for a short to ground or an open/high

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:48 Page 35 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the rear audio/HVAC module.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the voltage supply circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit
tests normal, replace the rear audio/HVAC module.
4. If all circuits test normal, replace the infrared module.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Audio System Transceiver Module Replacement


l Control Module References for Rear Audio/HVAC Module replacement, setup, and programming

DTC B2455

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

DTC Descriptors

DTC B2455 02

Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit Short to Ground

DTC B2455 04

Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit Open

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
Cellular Microphone Signal B2455 02 B2455 04 - -
Cellular Microphone Low Reference - B2455 04 1 -
1. OnStar Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard

Circuit/System Description

The vehicle communication interface control module provides the cellular phone microphone with a supplied
voltage on the cellular phone microphone signal circuit. When the microphone is in use, voice data from the
user is sent back to the vehicle communication interface control module on the signal circuit. The vehicle
communication interface control module provides a ground for the cellular phone microphone via the low
reference wire.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:48 Page 36 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Conditions for Running the DTC

l The ignition must be in the RUN or ACC position.


l The system voltage is at least 9.5 V and no more than 15.5 V.
l All the above conditions are present for greater than 10 seconds.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

B2455 02

The vehicle communication interface control module detects an short to ground in the cellular phone
microphone signal circuit for 10 seconds or greater.

B2455 04

The following conditions will set this DTC:

l The vehicle communication interface control module detects an open/high resistance in the cellular phone
microphone signal circuit for 10 seconds or greater.
l The vehicle communication interface control module detects an open/high resistance in the low reference
circuit for 10 seconds or greater.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

l The OnStar® status LED turns red.


l The vehicle communication interface control module will not receive a signal from the cellular phone
microphone.
l Calls can be placed but the caller cannot be heard.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

l The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.


l A history DTC will clear once 50 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

OnStar Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:48 Page 37 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

OnStar Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the cellular phone microphone.
2. Ignition ON, test for 9.5-10.5 V between the signal circuit terminal B and ground.
¡ If less than the specified range, test the circuit for a short to ground, shorted together, or an
open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the vehicle communication interface
control module.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal,
replace the vehicle communication interface control module.
3. Test for 9.5-10.5 V between the signal circuit terminal B and the low reference circuit terminal A.
¡ If less than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for a short to ground, shorted together,
or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the vehicle communication interface
control module.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit
tests normal, replace the vehicle communication interface control module.
4. If all circuit test normal, replace the cellular phone microphone.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement


l Control Module References for vehicle communication interface control module replacement, setup,
and programming

DTC B2462 (NAVIGATION RADIO)

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:49 Page 38 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

DTC Descriptors

DTC B2462 02

Global Positioning System (GPS) Short to Ground

DTC B2462 04

Global Positioning System (GPS) Open Circuit

Circuit Description

The global positioning system (GPS) antenna is connected to the navigation radio by a coaxial cable. The
antenna cable also provides a path for DC current for powering the antenna.

Conditions for Running the DTC

l Radio ON
l Battery voltage between 9-16 volts
l The navigation radio tests the GPS antenna every 10 seconds

Conditions for Setting the DTC

B2462 02

The navigation radio detects a short to ground in the GPS antenna signal circuit.

B2462 04

The navigation radio detects an open/high resistance in the GPS antenna signal circuit.

Actions Taken When the DTC Sets

l The radio uses the last reported position and the vehicle speed signal to calculate the vehicle position.
l Route guidance may be inaccurate.
l Turn by turn navigation may be inaccurate or inoperative.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

l The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.


l A history DTC will clear once 50 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Reference Information

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:49 Page 39 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information.

Circuit/System Testing

IMPORTANT: The global positioning system (GPS) requires a clear line of sight to the sky to
operate properly. In most cases the GPS will not have reception near tall
buildings or inside structures.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the GPS antenna coax cable from the navigation radio.
2. Ignition ON, test for 4.5-5.5 volts between the coax cable connection center conductor at the radio and
ground.
¡ If not within the specified range, replace the radio.

3. If all circuits test normal, replace the GPS antenna.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Electronic Navigation Antenna Replacement


l Control Module References for radio replacement, setup, and programming

DTC B2462 (COMMUNICATION INTERFACE MODULE)

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:49 Page 40 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

DTC Descriptors

DTC B2462 02

Global Positioning System (GPS) Signal Short to Ground

DTC B2462 04

Global Positioning System (GPS) Signal Open Circuit

Circuit/System Description

The vehicle communications interface module (VCIM) receives information from the cellular and navigation
antenna located on the outside of the vehicle. The cellular and navigation antenna is connected to the telematics
communication interface control module via a shielded coaxial cable. The antenna cable also provides a path for
DC current for powering the cellular and navigation antenna.

Conditions for Running the DTC

l Ignition is in the RUN or ACC position.


l System voltage is between 9.5 V and 15.5 V.
l The above conditions are present for greater than 1 second.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

B2462 02

The vehicle communications interface module detects a short to ground on the navigation antenna signal circuit.

B2462 04

The vehicle communications interface module detects an open/high resistance on the navigation antenna signal
circuit.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

l The OnStar® status LED turns red.


l The OnStar® Call Center cannot locate the vehicle.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

l The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.


l A history DTC will clear once 50 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:49 Page 41 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

OnStar Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

OnStar Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

EL-49903 GM OnStar Antenna Diagnostic Tool Kit

Circuit/System Verification

NOTE: The following verification requires the vehicle to be outside with an


unobstructed view of the southern sky. Allow 5 minutes after turning key on for
the GPS satellites to acquire vehicle signal.

Ignition ON, wait 5 minutes, then contact the OnStar call center consultant by pressing the blue OnStar button.
A call center consultant should answer the call, verifying the vehicle OnStar system is functioning and the
consultant can locate the vehicle.

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the GPS and cell coax cable connector at the vehicle communication interface
module.
2. Using the EL-49903-3 kit (EL-49903-5 adapter and EL-49903-4 coax cable), connect the EL-49903 GM
OnStar antenna diagnostic tool kit to the vehicle communication interface module, place the test antenna
on the roof of the vehicle.
3. Ignition ON, wait 5 minutes, then contact the OnStar call center consultant by pressing the blue OnStar
button. A call center consultant should answer the call, ask the consultant to verify the vehicle location to
confirm the GPS system is functioning.
¡ If the OnStar GPS does not function, replace the vehicle communication interface module.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:49 Page 42 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

4. Ignition OFF, perform the coax cable test on the coax cable, refer to Component Testing. The coax cable
should pass the test.
¡ If the coax cable does not pass the test, replace the coax cable.

5. If all circuits test normal, replace the cellular and navigation antenna.

Component Testing

CAUTION: Refer to Test Probe Caution .

NOTE: Before testing the coax cable, check the cable exterior for being pinched, cut,
damaged, or having loose connections at the components, which can cause
reception issues.

To prevent false reading when testing the center coax terminals, use care not to
ground the test probe on the outer housing/shield.

Coax Cable Test

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the GPS and cellular phone coax cable at both components.
2. Test both for less than 5 ohms between both ends of the coax cables center terminals.
¡ If greater than the specified range, replace the failed coax cable.

3. Test for greater than 10k ohms between the coax cable center wire and the outer coax shield.
¡ If less than the specified range, replace the coax cable.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Cellular Communications/Digital Radio Antenna Replacement


l Control Module References vehicle communication interface module replacement, setup, and
programming

DTC B2470

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

DTC Descriptors

DTC B2470 02

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:49 Page 43 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit Malfunction Short to Ground

DTC B2470 04

Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit Malfunction Open Circuit

Circuit/System Description

The cellular antenna is connected to the vehicle communication interface module (VCIM) with a RG-58 coax
cable. The VCIM polls the data from the cellular antenna once every second.

Conditions for Running the DTC

l Ignition in the RUN or ACC position.


l System voltage is between 9.5 volts and 15.5 volts.
l The above conditions are present for greater than 1 second.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

l The VCIM does not detect the presence of a cellular antenna.


l The above conditions are present for greater than 1 second.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

l The vehicle is unable to connect to the OnStar® Call Center.


l The OnStar® status LED turns red.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

l The VCIM detects the presence of a cellular antenna.


l A history DTC clears after 50 malfunction-free ignition cycles.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

OnStar Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

OnStar Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:50 Page 44 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

EL-49903 GM OnStar Antenna Diagnostic Tool Kit

Circuit/System Verification

Verify that the cellular antenna and cellular antenna coupling assembly are not damaged.

¡ If the antenna assembly is damaged, replace the cellular antenna.

Circuit/System Testing

NOTE: The vehicle may be equipped with sectioned coax. Test each section and
replace only the faulty section, not the entire length of coax.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the GPS and cellular coax cable connector at the VCIM.
2. Using the EL-49903-3 kit (EL-49903-5 adapter and EL-49903-4 coax cable), connect the EL-49903 kit to
the VCIM.
3. Clear the DTCs and operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC. Verify DTC B2470
does not set.
¡ If the DTC sets, replace the VCIM.

4. Ignition OFF, disconnect the EL-49903 kit from the VCIM and perform the coax cable test on the coax
cable between the VCIM and the cellular phone antenna.
¡ If the coax cable does not pass the test, replace the coax cable.

5. If all circuits test normal, replace the cellular phone antenna.

Component Testing

CAUTION: Refer to Test Probe Caution .

NOTE: Before testing the coax cable, check the cable exterior for being pinched, cut,
damaged, or having loose connections at the components, which can cause
reception issues.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:50 Page 45 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

To prevent false reading when testing the center coax terminals, use care not to
ground the test probe on the outer housing/shield.

Coax Cable Test

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the GPS and cellular phone coax cable at both components.
2. Test both for less than 5 ohms between both ends of the coax cables center terminals.
¡ If greater than the specified range, replace the failed coax cable.

3. Test for greater than 10k ohms between the coax cable center wire and the outer coax shield.
¡ If less than the specified range, replace the coax cable.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Cellular Communications/Digital Radio Antenna Replacement


l Control Module References for VCIM replacement, setup, and programming

DTC B2474

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

DTC Descriptor

DTC B2474 07

Navigation Display Head Backlighting Performance

Circuit Description

The internal backlighting of the navigation display screen located in the navigation radio.

Conditions for Running the DTC

l Radio ON.
l Battery voltage must be between 9-16 volts.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

l The navigation radio tests the navigation display backlighting every 1 second.
l The radio determines there is a malfunction or overheat condition in the navigation display backlighting.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:50 Page 46 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

Navigation backlighting may be too bright, dim or blank.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

l The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.


l A history DTC will clear once 50 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Diagnostic Aids

Occasionally it is possible to overheat the navigation display backlighting due to excessive ambient heat inside
the vehicle. In this instance it may be necessary to allow time for the display to cool.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Navigation System Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Ignition OFF, allow the navigation display to cool if the ambient temperature inside the vehicle is
excessive and the radio is hot to the touch. Verify the navigation display is cool and the DTC has cleared
and gone to history.
2. Ignition ON, with a scan tool, clear all DTCs and operate the audio/navigation system within the
Conditions for Running the DTC. Verify the DTC does not reset.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:50 Page 47 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

¡ If the DTC resets, replace the radio.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Control Module References for Radio replacement, setup, and programming

DTC B2476 OR B2482

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

DTC Descriptors

DTC B2476 04

Cellular Phone Select Service Switch Open Circuit

DTC B2476 59

Cellular Phone Select Service Switch Stuck Button

DTC B2482 00

Cellular Phone Select Service Switch Range/Performance

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
10 V Reference - B2476 04 - -
Control Terminal 14 1 1 2 -
Control Terminal 15 1 1 2 -
B2476 59,
Signal Terminal 11 3 3 -
B2482 00
Ground - 1 - -
1. OnStar® LED Inoperative
2. LED Illuminated At All Times
3. OnStar® Buttons Inoperative

Circuit/System Description

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:51 Page 48 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

The OnStar® button assembly consists of 3 buttons, Call/Answer, OnStar® Call Center, and OnStar®
Emergency. The communication interface module (CIM) supplies the OnStar® button assembly with 10 V via
the keypad supply voltage circuit. Each of the buttons, when pressed, completes the circuit across a resistor
allowing a specific voltage to be returned to the CIM over the keypad signal circuit. Depending upon the
voltage range returned, the CIM is able to identify which button has been activated.

Conditions for Running the DTC

l Ignition ON.
l Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

B2476 04

The CIM detects an open/high resistance on the keypad supply voltage circuit.

B2482 and B2476 59

The CIM detects a valid signal on the keypad signal circuit for longer than 15 seconds. If one of the OnStar®
buttons is held or stuck for 15 seconds or greater, the CIM will set this DTC.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

l The OnStar® status LED turns red.


l No calls can be placed.
l The CIM will ignore all inputs from the OnStar® button assembly.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

l The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.


l A history DTC will clear once 50 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

OnStar Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

OnStar Description and Operation

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:51 Page 49 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the A10 inside rearview mirror.
2. Test for less than 10 ohms between the mirror ground circuit terminal 8 and ground.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.

3. Ignition ON, test for less than 1 V between the keypad signal circuit terminal 11 and ground.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the keypad signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit
tests normal, replace the CIM.
4. Ignition OFF, test for 600k-800k ohms between the keypad signal circuit terminal 11 and ground.
¡ If less than the specified range, test the keypad signal circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit
tests normal, replace the CIM.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the keypad signal circuit for an open/high resistance. If the
circuit tests normal, replace the CIM.
5. Ignition ON, test for 9.5-10.5 V between the keypad supply voltage circuit terminal 12 and ground.
¡ If less than the specified range, test the supply voltage circuit for a short to ground or open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the CIM.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the supply voltage circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit
tests normal, replace the CIM.
6. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the button assembly.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Inside Rearview Mirror Replacement


l Control Module References for CIM replacement, setup, and programming

SYMPTOMS - CELLULAR COMMUNICATION

NOTE: The following steps must be completed before using the symptom table.

1. Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle before using the Symptom Tables in order to verify that

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:51 Page 50 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

all of the following are true:


l There are no DTCs set.

l The control modules can communicate via the serial data link.

2. Review the system operation in order to familiarize yourself with the system functions. Refer to OnStar
Description and Operation.

Visual/Physical Inspection

l Inspect for aftermarket devices which could affect the operation of the Radio/Audio System. Refer to
Checking Aftermarket Accessories .
l Inspect for easily accessible or visible system components for obvious damage or conditions which could
cause the symptom.

Intermittent

Faulty electrical connections or wiring may be the cause of intermittent conditions. Refer to Testing for
Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections .

Symptom List

Refer to a symptom diagnostic procedure from the following list in order to diagnose the symptom:

l Bluetooth Malfunction
l OnStar Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
l OnStar Microphone Malfunction
l OnStar Audio Malfunction
l OnStar Button LED Malfunction
l OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Malfunction
l OnStar Button Malfunction
l Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
l OnStar Voice Recognition Malfunction
l OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Malfunction

SYMPTOMS - ENTERTAINMENT

NOTE: Review the system operation in order to familiarize yourself with the system
functions. Refer to Radio/Audio System Description and Operation.

Visual/Physical Inspection

l Inspect for aftermarket devices which could affect the operation of the Radio/Audio system. Refer to
Checking Aftermarket Accessories .
l Inspect the easily accessible or visible system components for obvious damage or conditions which could
cause the symptom.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:51 Page 51 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Intermittent

Faulty electrical connections or wiring may be the cause of intermittent conditions. Refer to Testing for
Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections .

Symptom List

Refer to a symptom diagnostic procedure from the following list in order to diagnose the symptom:

l Speaker Replacement Reference


l Speaker Malfunction
l Audio/Video Player Adapter - Audio or Video Malfunction
l Dual DVD Rear Seat Entertainment Headrest Display Malfunction
l Dual DVD Rear Seat Entertainment Headrest Audio Malfunction
l Dual DVD Rear Seat Entertainment Headrest Wireless Headphones Malfunction
l Dual DVD Rear Seat Entertainment Headrest Remote Malfunction
l Dual DVD Rear Seat Entertainment Headrest Display Inoperative - One or More
l Dual DVD Rear Seat Entertainment Headrest Video Does Not Synchronize
l Noise Compensated Volume Malfunction
l Digital Radio Malfunction (without UYS)
l Radio Audio Malfunction at Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control
l Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
l Radio Displays CAL or CAL ERR
l Radio Poor Reception
l Rear Seat Radio Controls Inoperative
l Video Display Malfunction
l Video Entertainment System Malfunction (Z75), Video Entertainment System Malfunction
(X88/Z88)
l Video Entertainment System Remote Control Malfunction
l Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Malfunction

SYMPTOMS - NAVIGATION SYSTEMS

IMPORTANT: The following steps must be completed before using the symptom tables.

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle before using the symptom tables in order to verify that
all of the following are true:
¡ There are no DTCs set.

¡ The control modules can communicate via the serial data link.

l Review Navigation System Description and Operation in order to familiarize yourself with the system
functions.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:52 Page 52 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Visual/Physical Inspection

l Inspect for aftermarket devices which could affect the operation of the navigation system components.
Refer to Checking Aftermarket Accessories .
l Inspect the easily accessible or visible system components for obvious damage or conditions which could
cause the symptom.

Intermittent

Faulty electrical connections or wiring may be the cause of intermittent conditions. Refer to Testing for
Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections .

Symptom List

Refer to a symptom diagnostic procedure from the following list in order to diagnose the symptom:

l No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception


l Navigation System - Voice Recognition Malfunction
l For radio/audio related symptoms, refer to Symptoms - Entertainment.

AUDIO SYSTEM SPEAKER MECHANICAL DIAGNOSTICS

Condition/Concern

Some customers may comment that the audio speaker sound quality is poor, has a buzzing sound or rattles
while listening to the radio or other music source.

This condition may be caused by the trim, moldings or water deflectors located in the area of the speaker.

Recommendation/Instructions

1. Before beginning the diagnosis, determine the operating conditions that are contributing to the condition.
Ask the customer the following questions:
l Determine the type of music the customer is listening to i.e. Rock, Country, Rap, Hip-Hop, etc.

l Which source was being used when the condition occurred i.e. FM, AM, CD, USB, Aux.

l When did the condition occur, only in the morning? After sitting in the sun?

l Determine the temperature of the vehicle when the condition occurs. Was is cold outside? Only
after the vehicle heated up?
l What area of the vehicle did the noise come from?

l Was there anything else in the vehicle when the condition occurred? Packages? Loose items?

2. Check for any audio system related DTCs. If there are any DTC's, follow the appropriate diagnostic
procedure.
3. Music CDs do not hold tone long enough to diagnose trim rattles. Obtain GM Test CD part number #
J39916-CD (SPX, 1-800-345-2233). There may be certain audio frequencies such as bass that can cause
buzz or rattle in the interior trim. Most trim rattles are caused by bass frequencies in the range of 50-80

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:52 Page 53 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Hz and are found on track 3.


4. Insert the GM Test CD and play various tracks corresponding to the type of music the customer was
listening to when the condition occurred and verify the condition.
5. Hold the volume at a constant level and use the balance and fader controls to isolate the speaker(s) that
are experiencing the condition.
6. Apply hand pressure to the trim in the area of concern.
7. If the sound changes when the trim is depressed or manipulated by hand, then the trim is causing the rattle
or buzz.

Loose Trim, Panel to Panel Contact

Fig. 18: Loose Trim, Panel to Panel Contact


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

An interface may cause a rattle or buzz. For example, between a door and instrument panel.

l To better identify the location, open the door and determine if the buzz or rattle follows the door. This
may be caused by loose door trim or water deflector contact with the trim. Refer to Door Trim/Water

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:52 Page 54 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Deflector Rattle below.


l Determine if a rattle is heard between the instrument panel and door. This may be caused by contact
between the instrument panel and the door trim when the door is closed. If the noise goes away when the
door is opened, inspect the trim panel on the door to ensure it is in the correct position. Also, inspect the
snap-on trim panels on the instrument panel ends to ensure they are fully engaged into the instrument
panel.
l If the rattle or buzz is determined to be coming from the instrument panel, inspect for loose panels, screw
covers or contact between trim panels such as an A pillar to instrument panel interference.

Door Trim/Water Deflector Rattle

Fig. 19: Door Trim/Water Deflector Rattle


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

If the rattle is heard within the door trim, depress the trim with your hand. If the sound changes or the
rattle/buzz decreases when pressure is applied, preform the following steps:

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:52 Page 55 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 20: Door Trim And Screw


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

1. Remove the door trim screw cover behind the door handle on the affected door and apply pressure to the
water deflector. If this cures the condition, proceed to the step 3.
2. Once the door trim is removed, confirm the perimeter clips are not damaged, bent or missing. Replace
damaged door clips. Add flocking tape as needed.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:53 Page 56 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 21: Compressing Water Deflector


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

NOTE: The foam shipping blocks installed on new vehicle door edges can be
used to compress the water deflector.

3. If the rattle is caused by the water deflector, install two 100 mm (4 in) long layers of 1" x 9/16" adhesive
backed foam shim stock, or equivalent, to compress the water deflector as shown in the illustration.
Confirm any added foam does not interfere with the window or door lock operation.
4. Reinstall all components and verify the condition is corrected using the same audio source that created the
condition.

AUDIO/VIDEO PLAYER ADAPTER - AUDIO OR VIDEO MALFUNCTION

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:53 Page 57 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
Right Auxiliary Audio Signal 1 1 1 -
Left Auxiliary Audio Signal 2 2 2 -
Auxiliary Audio Common Ground - 1, 2 - -
Auxiliary Video Ground - 3 - -
Auxiliary Video High Signal 3 3 3 -
1. No or distorted right side audio
2. No or distorted left side audio
3. No or distorted video

Circuit/System Description

The audio/video adaptor allows the connection of audio and video signals from an external device such as a
camcorder, video game console or MP3 player to the rear seat entertainment system. The middle jack is for left
audio (white), the right jack is for right audio (red), and the left jack is for video (yellow). The system requires
standard RCA cables to connect your external device to the RCA jacks. The auxiliary audio and video circuits
are connected to the radio.

Diagnostic Aids

Verify the external audio or video device is operating normally before performing this diagnostic procedure.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Video System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Video Entertainment System Description and Operation (Non-Headrest DVD Systems), Video
Entertainment System Description and Operation (Dual Headrest DVD Systems)

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:53 Page 58 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections


l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Testing

IMPORTANT: Verify the DVD player in the radio is operating normally before performing this
diagnostic procedure. If there is any problems with operating the DVD player,
refer to Symptoms - Entertainment

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the radio.


2. Ignition ON, test for less then 1 volt between the appropriate signal circuit terminals listed below and
ground.
l Auxiliary audio left signal (+) - terminal 1

l Auxiliary audio right signal (+) - terminal 2

l Auxiliary audio drain wire (-) - terminal 9

l Auxiliary video signal (+) - terminal 8

l Auxiliary video drain wire (+) - terminal 16

¡ If greater then specified range, test the circuit for a short to voltage.

3. Test for infinite resistance between the terminals listed below and ground.
l Auxiliary audio left signal (+) - terminal 1

l Auxiliary audio right signal (+) - terminal 2

l Auxiliary audio drain wire (-) - terminal 9

l Auxiliary video signal (+) - terminal 8

l Auxiliary video drain wire (+) - terminal 16

¡ If less then the specified value, test the circuit for a short to ground.

4. Test for less then 5 ohm between the terminals on the radio X3 harness connector and the external
terminals on the audio/video adaptor listed below:
l Auxiliary audio left signal (+) - terminal 1 and the inside of the center (white) jack

l Auxiliary audio right signal (+) - terminal 2 and the inside of the right (red) jack

l Auxiliary audio drain wire (-) - terminal 9 and the outside of both the center (white), and the right
(red) jacks
l Auxiliary video signal (+) - terminal 8 and the inside of the left (yellow) jack

l Auxiliary video drain wire (+) - terminal 16 and the outside of the left (yellow) jack

¡ If greater then the specified value, test the circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the adaptor.
5. If all circuits test normal, replace the radio.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:53 Page 59 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Audio/Video Disc Player Adapter Replacement (Except Cadillac), Audio/Video Disc Player
Adapter Replacement (Cadillac)
l Control Module References for Radio replacement, setup, and programming

AUXILIARY AUDIO INPUT MALFUNCTION

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

Circuit/System Description

Auxiliary Audio Input Jack

The infotainment system has a 3.5mm (1/8 in.) auxiliary audio input jack available on the face of the radio. This
input interfaces internally with the radio, no external circuits are involved. When a portable audio playback
device is connected to an auxiliary jack, an internal switch detects the connection and the radio will switch to
AUX as the audio source.

USB Port

The vehicle may be equipped with a USB port. The USB port may be located in the instrument panel, or in the
storage compartment in the console. This port allows USB connectivity to the infotainment system from
portable media players or a USB storage device (memory stick/flash drive). When a device is connected to the
USB port, the system detects the device and switches to USB as the audio source. Once connected, the device
can be controlled from the radio controls.

The USB port is connected to the radio via a standard USB cable. Mini type USB connectors are used to
connect the cable at the USB port and at the radio. Standard USB male to female connections are typically used
for connecting USB cables together where an in-line connection is required. An in-line cable connection is
typically found between the console and I/P harness.

Not all portable media player devices are compatible. Memory stick/flash drive capability is limited to MP3 and
WMA file types only. Video transfer from any device is not supported. Refer to the owner's manual for
information on USB devices, control, and operation.

Diagnostic Aids

Auxiliary Audio Input Jack

l When a device is first connected to the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input jack the infotainment system automatically

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:54 Page 60 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

switches to that device. If an auxiliary device has already been connected, press the AUX or CD/AUX
button to select the device.
l If the system detects the device, but the audio is not heard or is not clear, attempt to connect the device
using a different cable; cables can deteriorate over time or become damaged.
l Playback of an audio device that is connected to the 3.5 mm jack can only be controlled using the controls
on the device.
l The volume control on the device may need to be adjusted to ensure sufficient playback volume through
the infotainment system.

USB

l When a device is first connected to the USB port, the infotainment system automatically switches to that
device. If an auxiliary device has already been connected, press the AUX or CD/AUX button to select the
device.
l A low battery condition in a portable media player may not allow the device to connect to the system, or
can create communication issues with the device. Verify the device battery state of charge and re-charge
or replace as needed.
l Connect the device directly to the USB port if possible. Only use a cable if it is required to connect the
device. The use of extension cables can cause communication issues.
l If a cable is required for connection, attempt to connect the device using a different cable; cables can
deteriorate over time or become damaged.
l Attempt audio playback from multiple USB devices when diagnosing USB concerns. Device
compatibility can vary based on vehicle equipment. If the infotainment system is capable of operating any
USB type device, the cause of the concern is not with the vehicle system. The inoperative device(s) may
be incompatible or contain no recognized media types.
l If a 'Device Not Supported' or similar type error message is displayed, this indicates the system has
connected to the device but cannot communicate with it properly. This does not indicate an issue with the
vehicle system. The device may be incompatible, may require a 'reset', or may require an update to its
software/firmware.
l If a 'No Supported Data Found' or similar type error message is displayed, this indicates the system has
connected to the device and is communicating, but cannot find any compatible files/data. This does not
indicate an issue with the vehicle system. Verify the device contains compatible media/file types.
l Poor connections or damaged USB cables can cause intermittent or no operation of USB devices. Inspect
connectors, terminals, and cables for damage and replace components as necessary. Ensure all USB inline
connections and connections at components are fully seated and connector position retainers/locks are
secure.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:54 Page 61 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Radio/Audio System Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

EL-50334-50 USB Cable and Adapter Kit

Circuit/System Verification

Auxiliary Audio Input Jack

1. Verify no DTCs are present.


¡ If any DTCs are present, refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

2. Ignition ON, radio ON, connect a portable audio playback device to the auxiliary audio input jack on the
radio. Verify the infotainment system to switches AUX as the audio source.
¡ If the infotainment system does not switch to AUX as the audio source, replace the radio.

3. Operate the device to begin audio playback, adjusting the volume on the device if necessary. Verify the
audio from the device is heard through the vehicle infotainment system.
¡ If audio is not heard from the device, attempt to playback audio from another device. If audio
cannot be heard from any device connected to the auxiliary audio input jack, replace the radio.

USB Port

1. Verify no DTCs are present.


¡ If any DTCs are present, refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

2. Inspect the USB port for damage.


¡ If damage is noted, replace the USB port.

3. Ignition ON, radio ON, connect a device to the USB port. Verify the infotainment system to switches
USB as the audio source.
¡ If the infotainment system does not switch to USB as the audio source, refer to Circuit/System

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:54 Page 62 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Testing.
4. Operate the radio controls to play audio from the device. Verify the audio from the device is heard
through the vehicle infotainment system.
¡ If audio is not heard from the device, attempt to playback audio from another device. If audio
cannot be heard from any device connected to the USB port, or the audio heard is not clear, refer to
Circuit/System Testing.

Circuit/System Testing

Instrument Panel USB Port

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the USB cable connection at the A11 radio.

NOTE: USB cables and adapters for the following tests are found in the EL-50334-
50 USB Cable and Adapter Kit.

2. Connect the EL-50334-2 Type A female to Mini B male USB Cable to the A11 radio.
3. Ignition ON, radio ON, connect a USB device to the EL-50334-2 cable. Verify the infotainment system
switches to USB as the audio source.
¡ If the infotainment system does not switch to USB as the audio source, replace the A11 radio.

4. Ignition OFF, reconnect the vehicle USB cable to the A11 radio.
5. Disconnect the USB cable at the USB receptacle.
6. Connect the EL-50334-4 Type A female to Mini B female adapter to the USB cable.
7. Ignition ON, radio ON, connect a USB device to the EL-50334-4 adapter. Verify the infotainment system
switches to USB as the audio source.
¡ If the infotainment system does not switch to USB as the audio source, replace the USB cable
assembly.
8. If all circuits test normal, replace the USB receptacle.

Console USB Port

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the USB cable connection at the A11 radio.

NOTE: USB cables and adapters for the following tests are found in the EL-50334-
50 USB Cable and Adapter Kit.

2. Connect the EL-50334-1 Type A male to Mini A male USB Cable to the A11 radio.
3. Connect the EL-50334-3 Type A female to Type A female adapter to the EL-50334-1 Cable.
4. Ignition ON, radio ON, connect a USB device to the EL-50334-3 adapter. Verify the infotainment system
switches to USB as the audio source.
¡ If the infotainment system does not switch to USB as the audio source, replace the A11 radio.

5. Ignition OFF, reconnect the vehicle USB cable to the A11 radio.
6. Disconnect the X265 I/P to floor console harness USB connector.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:54 Page 63 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

NOTE: The EL-50334-3 Type A female to Type A female adapter may be required
for the following test.

7. Ignition ON, radio ON, connect a USB device to the I/P side of the X265 connector. Verify the
infotainment system switches to USB as the audio source.
¡ If the infotainment system does not switch to USB as the audio source, replace the I/P USB cable
assembly.
8. Ignition OFF, reconnect the X265 harness connector.
9. Disconnect the USB cable at the USB receptacle.
10. Connect the EL-50334-4 Type A female to Mini B female adapter to the USB cable.
11. Ignition ON, radio ON, connect a USB device to the EL-50334-4 adapter. Verify the infotainment system
switches to USB as the audio source.
¡ If the infotainment system does not switch to USB as the audio source, replace the console USB
cable assembly.
12. If all circuits test normal, replace the USB receptacle.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l USB Receptacle Replacement (Cadillac), USB Receptacle Replacement (With SLT), USB
Receptacle Replacement (Without SLT)
l Control Module References for radio replacement, setup, and programming

BLUETOOTH MALFUNCTION

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

Circuit/System Description

The Bluetooth ® antenna is internal to the vehicle communication interface module and is used to send and
receive signals from a Bluetooth ® enabled cellular phone.

In order to use hands-free calling, the cellular phone must be paired to the vehicle. Up to five devices can be
paired to the vehicle at one time, but only one can be connected at any given time. To pair a phone, the
customer must know how to operate the Bluetooth ® functionality of their phone. The pairing process must
only be done one time for each phone, unless that phone's information is deleted. For safety reasons, the pairing
process is disabled while the vehicle is moving.

Diagnostic Aids

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:55 Page 64 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l The purpose of this diagnostic is to verify the ability of the vehicle communication interface module to
pair to a Bluetooth ® device.
l Before performing this test, verify compatibility of the cellular phone(s) the customer is attempting to use
with the vehicle. Based on the cellular phone's service provider and the manufacturer's implementation of
Bluetooth ®, not all phones support all available Bluetooth ® functionality. A vehicle and feature
compatibility list will be provided via the GM Bluetooth ® website:
http://www.onstar.com/web/Bluetooth/
l If the vehicle passes the following tests and a compatible device is being used, the concern may be due to
a device malfunction or an incomplete/improper pairing attempt.
l A Bluetooth ® test tool or equivalent can also be used to verify the ability of the customers cellular phone
(s) to pair with another device.

Schematic Reference

OnStar Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

OnStar Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Set up a Bluetooth ® test tool or equivalent.


2. Initiate the pairing process provided in the Vehicle Owners Manual.
3. Perform the discovery/search operation with the test tool. Verify the vehicle appears in the list of
available devices.
¡ If the vehicle is not in the list of available devices, repeat the discovery/search operation. If the
vehicle is still not in the list of available devices, replace the vehicle communication interface
module.
4. Complete the pairing process and verify successful pairing with the test tool.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:55 Page 65 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

¡ If pairing is not successful, repeat the pairing process. If pairing is still not successful, replace the
vehicle communication interface module.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

Control Module References for vehicle communication interface module replacement, programming and setup

DIGITAL RADIO POOR OR NO RECEPTION (WITH UYS)

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

DTC Descriptors

DTC B125C 01

Satellite Antenna Circuit Short to Battery

DTC B125C 02

Satellite Antenna Circuit Short to Ground

DTC B125C 04

Satellite Antenna Circuit Open

Circuit/System Description

The digital radio receiver, located inside the radio, receives digital radio information from the digital radio
antenna located on the outside of the vehicle. The digital radio receiver is connected to the digital radio antenna
via a shielded coax cable. The digital radio antenna contains an amplifier which is powered by the radio through
the coax cable.

Conditions for Running the DTC

This DTC is run every 300 milliseconds.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The radio detects a circuit fault in the digital radio antenna.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:55 Page 66 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

The radio displays No XM Signal or Check Antenna.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

l A current DTC clears when the condition for setting the DTC is no longer present.
l A history DTC clears after 100 malfunction-free ignition cycles.

Diagnostic Aids

The digital radio antenna requires a clear line of sight to the sky to operate properly. Reception may be limited,
intermittent, or unavailable inside structures.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Radio/Audio System Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Special Tools

EL-48028 Digital Radio Test Antenna

Circuit/System Verification

1. With the vehicle outside in an area with an unobstructed view of the southern sky, tune to XM.
2. Verify DTC B125C is not set as current and the No XM Signal message is not displayed on the radio.
¡ If DTC B125C is set as current or the No XM Signal message is displayed.

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

¡ If DTC B125C is not set as current and the No XM Signal message is not displayed.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:55 Page 67 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

3. All OK.

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the digital radio antenna coax cable from the A11 radio. Connect the EL-48028
Digital Radio Test Antenna to the radio and place on the roof of the vehicle.
2. Ignition ON, radio tuned to XM channel 1.
3. Verify DTC B125C is not set as current and XM reception is improved.
¡ If DTC B125C is set as current or XM reception is not improved

Replace the A11 radio.

¡ If DTC B125C is not set as current and XM reception is improved


4. Ignition OFF, disconnect the digital radio antenna coax cable from the T4G cellular phone, navigation,
and digital radio antenna.
5. Verify the digital radio antenna coax cable passes the coax cable component test. Refer to Component
Testing.
¡ If the coax cable does not pass the test

Replace the antenna coax cable

¡If the coax cable passes the test


6. Test or replace the T4G cellular phone, navigation, and digital radio antenna.

Component Testing

CAUTION: Refer to Test Probe Caution .

NOTE: Before testing the coax cable, check the cable exterior for being pinched, cut,
damaged, or having loose connections at the components, which can cause
reception issues.

To prevent false reading when testing the center coax terminals, use care not to
ground the test probe on the outer housing/shield.

Coax Cable Test

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the coax cable at both components.


2. Test for less than 5 ohms between coax cable center terminal end to end.
¡ If 5 ohms or greater

Replace the coax cable

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:55 Page 68 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

¡If less than 5 ohms


3. Test for less than 5 ohms between the coax cable outer shield end to end.
¡ If 5 ohms or greater

Replace the coax cable

¡If less than 5 ohms


4. Test for infinite resistance between the coax cable center terminal and the coax cable outer shield.
¡ If less than infinite resistance

Replace the coax cable

If infinite resistance
¡

5. All OK

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

l Radio Antenna Base Replacement


l Control Module References for radio replacement, programming, and setup.

DIGITAL RADIO MALFUNCTION (WITHOUT UYS)

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
B+ Voltage - 1 - -
Left Audio Signal (+) 2 2 2 -
Left Audio Signal (-) 2 2 2 -
Right Audio Signal (+) 3 3 3 -
Right Audio Signal (-) 3 3 3 -
Digital Radio Antenna Coax B1259 02 B1259 05 B1259 05 -
Ground - 1 - -
1. No communication with DRR/XM not available
2. No or distorted audio from left side speakers when listening to digital radio
3. No or distorted audio from right side speakers when listening to digital radio

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:56 Page 69 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Circuit/System Description

The digital radio receiver (DRR) receives an XM satellite radio signal via the digital radio antenna. This signal
is passed to the DRR through the digital radio antenna coax. The DRR sends a varying AC mV signal through
separate left and right audio circuits (+ and -) to the radio. The voltage amount and rate of change is dependent
upon the type of signal being received. The radio then processes these signals and passes the audio to the
appropriate speakers or amplifier.

Diagnostic Aids

When diagnosing digital radio concerns, the vehicle should be located outside with an unobstructed view of the
southern sky to ensure proper reception of the satellite signal. Reception may be limited, intermittent or not
possible inside structures or under heavy cover.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Radio/Audio System Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

EL-48028 Digital Radio Test Antenna

Circuit/System Verification

1. Verify that the Check XM Receiver message is not displayed on the radio.
¡ If a Check XM Receiver message is displayed, replace the DRR.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:56 Page 70 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

2. Tune to a strong AM or FM station and verify each speaker is producing clear and even sound, with no
distortion.
¡ If any speaker is not producing sound or the sound produced is distorted, refer to Speaker
Malfunction.
3. With the vehicle outside in an area with an unobstructed view of the southern sky, tune to XM. Verify
XM reception is clear and the No XM Signal message is not displayed on the radio.
¡ If the No XM Signal message is displayed or XM reception is poor, refer to Digital Radio Antenna
Circuit Malfunction.
4. Radio tuned to XM, use the radio balance function to transfer audio between the left and right side of the
vehicle. Verify clear and even sound is heard from each side of the vehicle.
¡ If either side of the vehicle is not producing sound or the sound produced is distorted, refer to
Digital Radio Output Circuit Malfunction.
5. Verify if the XM band is receiving all channels (preview mode).
¡ If no channels are displayed, advise the customer to refer to the owners manual for XM contact
information in regards to an active account status and/or a refresh request.

Circuit/System Testing

Digital Radio Antenna Circuit Malfunction

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the antenna coax from the DRR. Connect the EL-48028 antenna to the DRR.
2. Ignition ON, radio tuned to XM, verify XM reception is clear and uninterrupted.
¡ If reception is not clear, replace the DRR.

3. Ignition OFF, reconnect the antenna coax to the DRR, disconnect the digital radio antenna coax from the
digital radio antenna.
4. Ignition ON, test for 4.5-5.5 volts between the antenna coax center terminal and the coax outer shield.
¡ If not within the specified range, replace the antenna coax.

5. If all circuits test normal, replace the digital radio antenna.

Digital Radio Output Circuit Malfunction

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the radio.


2. Ignition ON, radio ON and tuned to XM, test for varying mV AC voltage between the following signal
circuit terminals listed below and ground:
l Left audio signal (+) - connector X2, terminal 1

l Right audio signal (+) - connector X2, terminal 2

l Left audio signal (-) - connector X2, terminal 9

l Right audio signal (-) - connector X2, terminal 10

¡ If the varying mV A/C voltage is not present, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage, short to
ground, or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the DRR.
3. If all circuits test normal, replace the radio.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:56 Page 71 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Cellular Communications/Digital Radio Antenna Replacement


l Control Module References for radio or DRR replacement, setup, and programming

DUAL DVD REAR SEAT ENTERTAINMENT HEADREST DISPLAY MALFUNCTION

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
DVD Control Module B+ - 1 - -
Left Display B+ 2 2 2 -
Right Display B+ 3 3 3 -
Left Audio Signal (+) 4 5 4 -
Right Audio Signal (+) 6 7 6 -
Left DVD Video Signal (+) 8 8 8 -
Right DVD Video Signal (+) 9 9 9 -
Left Display Video Ground 8 8 8 -
Right Display Video Ground 9 9 9 -
Left Display Ground - 2 2 -
Right Display Ground - 3 3 -
DVD Control Module Ground - 1 - -
1. DVD Control Module inoperative, both displays inoperative.
2. Left display inoperative.
3. Right display inoperative.
4. Left audio distorted.
5. No sound from left audio.
6. Right audio distorted.
7. No sound from right audio.
8. Left display blank.
9. Right display blank.

Circuit Description

The DVD displays are grounded and powered by the DVD control module. When a movie is playing, the video
signals are sent from the player, to the DVD control module, and back to the display. This allows the other

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:57 Page 72 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

monitor to source the same video as the player with the disc.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Video System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Video Entertainment System Description and Operation (Non-Headrest DVD Systems), Video
Entertainment System Description and Operation (Dual Headrest DVD Systems)

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Testing

One Display Inoperative

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the appropriate display.


2. Ignition ON, test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 5 and ground.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit
tests normal, replace the DVD control module.
3. Ignition ON, test for B+ between the ignition voltage circuit terminal 6 and ground.
¡ If less than the specified value, B+ circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal,
replace the DVD control module.
4. Ignition OFF, reconnect the X1 harness connector, and disconnect the X2 harness connector at the
display.
5. Ignition ON, test for 4.5-5.5 V between the terminals listed below and ground:
l I2C Clock Signal - terminal 5

l I2C Data - terminal 6

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:57 Page 73 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

¡ If less than specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or open/high resistance. If
the circuit tests normal, replace the DVD control module.
¡ If greater than specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the DVD control module.
6. If all circuits test normal, replace the appropriate display.

Both Displays Inoperative

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the DVD control module.
2. Test for less 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 3 and ground.
¡ If the greater than the specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.

3. Ignition ON, test for B+ between the accessory voltage circuit terminal and ground.
¡ If less than the specified value, test the B+ circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance.

4. Ignition OFF, Reconnect the X1 harness connector at the DVD control module
5. Disconnect the X1 harness connector at the driver seat headrest.
6. Ignition ON, test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 5 and ground.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit
tests normal, replace the DVD control module.
7. Ignition ON, test for B+ between the ignition voltage circuit terminal 6 and ground.
¡ If less than the specified value, B+ circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal,
replace the DVD control module.
8. Ignition OFF, reconnect the X1 harness connector, and disconnect the X2 harness connector at the
display.
9. Ignition ON, test for 4.5-5.5 V between the terminals listed below and ground:
l I2C Clock Signal - terminal 5

l I2C Data - terminal 6

¡ If less than specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or open/high resistance. If
the circuit tests normal, replace the DVD control module.
¡ If greater than specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the DVD control module.
10. If all circuits test normal, replace the appropriate display.

DUAL DVD REAR SEAT ENTERTAINMENT HEADREST DISPLAY INOPERATIVE - ONE OR


MORE

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Reference Information

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:57 Page 74 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Schematic Reference

Video System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Circuit/System Testing

One Display Inoperative (Dual Display)

1. Turn ON the ignition, press the power button on the suspect display. Verify the suspect DVD display
does not power up.
¡ If the DVD display powers up but the screen is blank and will not play any DVDs, replace the
DVD display.
2. At the DVD control module, touch a test lamp at the back of the suspect black or red connector between
terminal 6 and ground. Verify that a test lamp illuminates between terminal 6 and ground.
¡ If the test lamp does not illuminate, replace the DVD control module.

3. At the DVD control module, touch a test lamp at the back of the suspect black or red connector between
terminal 5 and B+. Verify that a test lamp illuminates between terminal 5 and B+.
¡ If the test lamp does not illuminate, replace the DVD control module.

4. Disconnect the suspect black or red connector from the suspect DVD display. At the black or red DVD
display connector, Test for B+ at terminal 6.
¡ If B+ is not present replace the DVD display harness.

5. At the black or red DVD display connector, test for less than 1.0 ohm between the ground circuit terminal
5 and ground.
¡ If greater than the specified range, replace the DVD display harness.

¡ If all circuits test normal replace the suspect DVD display.

Display Inoperative (Single Display) or Both Displays Inoperative (Dual Display)

1. Turn ON the ignition, press the power button on both suspect displays. Verify the suspect DVD displays
do not power up.
¡ If the DVD display powers up but the screen is blank and will not play any DVDs, replace the
suspect DVD display.
2. Disconnect the 2 wire connector from the DVD control module. At the 2 wire harness connector, test for

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:58 Page 75 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

less than 1.0 ohm between the ground circuit terminal and ground.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.

3. At the DVD control module 2 wire harness connector, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the B+
circuit terminal and ground.
¡ If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the B+ circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance.
4. Reconnect the 2 wire harness connector at the DVD control module
5. At the DVD control module, touch a test lamp at the back of the black or red connector between terminal
1 and ground. Verify that a test lamp illuminates between terminal 1 and ground.
¡ If the test lamp does not illuminate, replace the DVD control module.

6. At the DVD control module, touch a test lamp at the back of the suspect black or red connector between
terminal 2 and B+. Verify that a test lamp illuminates between terminal 2 and B+.
¡ If the test lamp does not illuminate, replace the DVD control module.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Refer to Dual DVD Rear Seat Entertainment Headrest Package Installation

DUAL DVD REAR SEAT ENTERTAINMENT HEADREST AUDIO MALFUNCTION

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Circuit Description

The infrared transmitter is internal to the DVD display and is grounded and powered by the DVD control
module. When listening to the headphones, the infrared transmitter sends an infrared signal to the headphones.
There are two channels on the headphones, the first channel is dedicated to the driver side video screen, and the
other channel is dedicated to the passenger side. The audio that is sent over the DVD audio signal circuits is a
varying AC voltage.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Video System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:58 Page 76 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Description and Operation

Video Entertainment System Description and Operation (Non-Headrest DVD Systems), Video
Entertainment System Description and Operation (Dual Headrest DVD Systems)

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Testing

Dual DVD Rear Seat Entertainment Audio Malfunction - With FM Antenna

1. Turn ON the ignition, tune the radio to station 88.3, 88.7, 89.1, 89.5, 89.9, or 90.3MHz. Chose the station
that has the least amount of regular audible radio reception.
2. Headrest DVD displays ON, insert a DVD and operate the DVD player in play mode.
3. DVD playing, DVD Surround Sound ON, set the DVD Player to the same station as the radio. Verify
audio can be heard through the radio.
¡ If the DVD audio can be heard review the system operation with the customer.

4. Verify the DVD player is in play mode.


5. At the DVD control module, test for AC voltage between terminal 6 and terminal 3 or 4 with a DMM at
the back of the black or red connector.
¡ If AC voltage is present replace the DVD control module.

6. Turn the DVD player off and disconnect both connectors from the DVD display that was playing the
DVD.
7. Swap the two connectors on the display and swap the two corresponding connectors at the DVD control
module. Verify the DVD audio now operates normally.
¡ If the DVD audio now operates normally, replace the DVD display harness.

¡ It the DVD audio is still inoperative replace the suspect DVD display.

Dual DVD Rear Seat Entertainment Audio Malfunction - Without FM Antenna

1. Turn ON the ignition, tune the radio to station 88.3, 88.7, 89.1, 89.5, 89.9, or 90.3MHz. Chose the station
that has the least amount of regular audible radio reception.
2. Press the power button on the headrest DVD displays. Insert a DVD and operate the DVD player in play
mode. Verify the DVD audio is distorted on one of the above stations.
¡ If the DVD audio can be heard review the system operation with the customer.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:58 Page 77 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

3. Turn the DVD player off and disconnect both connectors from the DVD display that was playing the
DVD.
4. Swap the two connectors on the display and swap the two corresponding connectors at the DVD control
module. Verify the DVD audio now operates normally.
¡ If the DVD audio now operates normally, replace the DVD display harness.

¡ If the DVD audio distortion persists, replace the DVD control module.

DUAL DVD REAR SEAT ENTERTAINMENT HEADREST VIDEO DOES NOT SYNCHRONIZE

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Video System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Circuit/System Testing

IMPORTANT: Before performing this diagnostic verify that both DVD displays turn on
and operate normally. If one or more displays are inoperative, go to Dual
DVD Rear Seat Entertainment Headrest Display Inoperative - One or More.

1. Turn ON the ignition, press the power button on one of the displays and insert a DVD. Operate the DVD
player in play mode.
2. Press the power button on the other display. Press the source button to view the DVD video playing on
the adjacent display. Verify that the video displays do not synchronize.
¡ Test or repair the suspect video in/out signal circuit for a short to B+, short to ground or open
circuit. If all circuits test normal replace the DVD control module.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:58 Page 78 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Refer to Dual DVD Rear Seat Entertainment Headrest Package Installation

DUAL DVD REAR SEAT ENTERTAINMENT HEADREST WIRELESS HEADPHONES


MALFUNCTION

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Circuit Description

The infrared transmitter is internal to the DVD display and is grounded and powered by the DVD control
module. When listening to the headphones, the infrared transmitter sends an infrared signal to the headphones.
There are two channels on the headphones, the first channel is dedicated to the driver side video screen, and the
other channel is dedicated to the passenger side. The audio that is sent over the DVD audio signal circuits is a
varying AC voltage.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Video System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:58 Page 79 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

NOTE: Test or replace the headphone batteries before performing Circuit/System


Verification.

1. Verify there are no obstructions that may block the infra-red port located above the video display screen.
2. Radio ON, DVD playing, verify all of the headphones are working properly and the power indicator
illuminates.
¡ If all of the headphones are inoperative, or the sound is distorted, refer to Circuit/System Testing.

¡ If only one of the headphones is not producing sound on either channel, or the sound is distorted,
replace the appropriate set of headphones.
3. Using a known good pair of wired headphones, plug them into both of the headphone jacks on the front of
each DVD Monitor.
¡ If there is audio emitted from the wired headphones, and not the wireless headphones, replace the
appropriate display.

Circuit/System Testing

NOTE: Select both channels by switching the channel selector located on the side of
the headphones and verify the volume is turned up. Also verify that the
headphones are not in mute mode. Press the Sound Around ON/OFF button on
the remote to change audio muting status.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the appropriate seat headrest X2 connector at the monitor.
2. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for 15-40 mV A/C between the terminals on the monitor listed below and
ground.
l Right Audio Signal - terminal 3

l Left Audio Signal - terminal 4

¡ If the not within the specified range, replace the appropriate DVD display.

3. Ignition OFF, reconnect the harness connector at the monitor.


4. Disconnect the appropriate seat headrest X2 connector at the DVD control module.
5. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for 15-40 mV A/C between the terminals on the monitor listed below and
ground.
l Right Audio Signal - terminal 3

l Left Audio Signal - terminal 4

¡ If the not within the specified range, replace the wiring harness.

6. If all circuits test normal, replace the DVD control module.

DUAL DVD REAR SEAT ENTERTAINMENT HEADREST REMOTE MALFUNCTION

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:59 Page 80 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Circuit Description

The infrared transmitter is internal to the DVD display and is grounded and powered by the DVD control
module. When listening to the remote control, the remote sends an infrared signal to the infrared receiver. No
external circuits are involved.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Video System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

NOTE: Test or replace the remote batteries before performing Circuit/System


Verification.

1. Verify there are no obstructions that may block the infra-red port located above the video display screen.
2. DVD playing, press multiple buttons on the remote control and verify the remote operatives properly at
both monitors.
¡ If remote fails to operate either DVD monitor, replace the remote.

¡ If remote operates only one DVD monitor, replace the inoperative monitor.

ONSTAR GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS) DATA NOT CURRENT OR INACCURATE

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:59 Page 81 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.


l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Circuit/System Description

The vehicle communication interface module (VCIM) receives information from a specific navigation antenna
located on the outside of the vehicle. The navigation antenna is connected to the vehicle communication
interface module via a shielded coaxial cable. The antenna cable also provides a path for DC current for
powering the antenna.

Diagnostic Aids

l The GPS signal title on the scan tool will display a Yes or No dependant upon whether or not the module
sees an increment of the seconds transmitted by GPS signals to the vehicle communication interface
module. Upon entering this screen, the GPS signal title will automatically display Yes, regardless of the
presence of time increment, for at least 2 seconds, while the algorithm in the scan tool determines the
status of the clock. If increment is found, Yes is continually displayed. If the clock remains static, No is
displayed. The scan tool looks for increment every second, regardless of current display.
l Inaccurate or aged GPS position concerns which are no longer present may have been due to the
temporary loss of GPS signal reception by the vehicle. Conditions such as driving through tunnels or
parking structures while making an OnStar® keypress will restrict the navigation antenna from a clear
view of the satellites in the sky and may have caused this temporary data loss.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

OnStar Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

OnStar Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs
l OnStar Description and Operation

Scan Tool Reference

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:59 Page 82 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

EL-49903 GM OnStar Antenna Diagnostic Tool Kit

Circuit/System Verification

NOTE: It is important to have the vehicle in an open outside area where a cellular call
can be successfully placed and GPS data can be received from the satellites. It
is also necessary to inform the OnStar® Call Center advisor that this call is for
vehicle diagnostic purposes.

1. Ignition ON, observe the GPS signal status indicator for at least 10 seconds with a scan tool. The
indicator should display Yes.
¡ If the indicator does not display Yes, refer to Circuit/System Testing.

2. Call and verify the OnStar advisor has received the GPS data.
¡ If the advisor did not receive the GPS data and the call was a "fail to voice", contact the GM
Technical Assistance Center.
¡ If the advisor did not receive the GPS data and the call was not a "fail to voice", refer to
Circuit/System Testing.
3. Verify with the OnStar Call Center advisor that your actual position is within a reasonable distance from
the actual location of the vehicle.
¡ If your actual position is not within a reasonable distance from the actual location of the vehicle,
replace the vehicle communication interface module.

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the GPS and cell coax cable connector at the vehicle communication interface
module.
2. Using the EL-49903-3 kit (EL-49903-5 adapter and EL-49903-4 coax cable), connect the EL-49903 kit to
the vehicle communication interface module, place the test antenna on the roof of the vehicle.
3. Ignition ON, wait 5 minutes, then contact the OnStar call center consultant by pressing the blue OnStar
button. A call center consultant should answer the call, ask the consultant to verify the vehicle location to
confirm the GPS system is functioning.
¡ If the OnStar GPS does not function, replace the vehicle communication interface module.

4. Reconnect the coax cable to the vehicle communication interface module. Disconnect the coax cable from
the navigation antenna.
5. Test for 4.5-5.5 V between the coax cable center conductor and the outer shield.
¡ If not within the specified range, replace the coax cable.

6. If all circuits test normal, replace the navigation antenna.

Repair Instructions

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:59 Page 83 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Cellular Communications/Digital Radio Antenna Replacement


l Control Module References for vehicle communication interface module replacement, setup, and
programming

PERSONAL AUDIO LINK MODULE MALFUNCTION

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
PAL B+ - 1 - -
Left Audio Signal (+) 2 3 2 -
Left Audio Signal (-) 2 3 2 -
Right Audio Signal (+) 4 5 4 -
Right Audio Signal (-) 4 5 4 -
PAL Ground - 1 - -
1. PAL module inoperative. No Communication with PAL or DRR, XM can not be selected from radio.
BCM DTC U2172, Radio DTC U0194, LED on PAL does not illuminate.
2. No sound from left speakers when PAL or XM™ is sourced on radio.
3. No sound from left speakers when only PAL is sourced on radio.
4. No sound from right speakers when PAL or XM™ is sourced on radio.
5. No sound from right speakers when only PAL is sourced on radio.

Circuit Description

The Apple iPod® is connected to the personal audio link (PAL) through a dedicated interface cable. The cable
allows the iPod the ability to share serial data communication, audio signals, power and ground with the
vehicle. The T-harness used to connect the PAL module shares the same power and grounds as the radio. The
audio signal circuits are shared with the Digital Radio Receiver audio circuits. The PAL module receives Data
communication by connecting inline with the DRR.

Diagnostic Aids

l After PAL is installed, it is only possible to communicate with the DRR when the radio is ON and XM
band selected.
l If radio is OFF, or tuned to any other band a NO COMM message for DRR is displayed on Tech2
(Vehicle DTC Check).

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:59 Page 84 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l PAL module maintains a persistent B1000 code that cannot be cleared, and does not affect operation.
l If PAL module loses power or ground, BCM and Radio set DTCs for loss of communication with DRR.
l The iPod® interface connector is susceptible to vibration and movement damage. It is recommended that
excessive movement of the iPod® and cable be avoided while driving.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Radio/Audio System Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

NOTE: Verify that the iPod® is in good working order and visually inspect the iPod®
connector cavity for any signs of damage before performing this diagnostic.
Verify the most up to date software has been downloaded from
http://www.apple.com/support/ipod/ to the iPod® before performing this
diagnostic.

1. Tune to a strong AM or FM station and verify each speaker is producing clear and even sound, with no
distortion.
¡ If any speaker is not producing sound or the sound produced is distorted, refer to Speaker
Malfunction.
2. Ignition ON, Observe the PAL red LED lamp. Verify the red LED lamp is illuminated.
¡ If the PAL red LED is not illuminated, go to Circuit/System Testing.

3. Set the radio to the iPod® interface menu and attempt to operate audio from the iPod®.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:11:59 Page 85 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

4. Inspect the interface harness at the connection to the iPod® and verify that audio quality from the iPod®
is not changed when the harness is bent in multiple directions.
¡ If the audio changes quality or drops out, inspect the iPod® connector cavity or interface cable for
damage. If no damage found, replace the iPod® interface cable.

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the PAL module.


2. Test for less than 5 ohms between terminal 9 and ground.
¡ If greater than specified value, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.

3. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between terminal 16 and ground.
¡ If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the B+ circuit for an open/high resistance.

4. Ignition OFF, reconnect the harness connector at the PAL module.


5. Disconnect the X2 harness connector at the radio.
6. Radio ON, iPod sourced and playing, test for a varying mV AC voltage between the following signal
circuit terminals listed below and ground.
l Left audio signal (+) - terminal 1

l Right audio signal (+) - terminal 2

l Left audio signal (-) - terminal 9

l Right audio signal (-) - terminal 10

¡ If the varying mV A/C voltage is not present, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage, short to
ground, or an open/high resistance. If the circuits tests normal, replace the PAL module.
7. If all circuits test normal, replace the radio.

Circuit/System Testing

PAL LED Indicator Malfunction

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the PAL harness connector.


2. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the PAL B+ circuit terminal and ground.
¡ If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the B+ circuit for an open/high resistance.

3. Verify that a test lamp illuminates at both PAL ground circuit terminals and B+.
¡ If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the ground circuits for an open/high resistance.

4. If all circuits test normal, replace the PAL.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l For PAL replacement, refer to Ipod® interface installation instructions.


l Control Module References for radio replacement, setup, and programming

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:00 Page 86 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

ONSTAR MICROPHONE MALFUNCTION

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
Cellular Microphone Signal B2455 02 B2455 04 - -
Cellular Microphone Low Reference - B2455 04 1 -
1. OnStar Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard

Circuit/System Description

The telematics communication interface control module provides the cellular phone microphone with a supplied
voltage on the cellular phone microphone signal circuit. When the cellular phone microphone is in use, voice
data from the user is sent back to the telematics communication interface control module on the signal circuit.
The telematics communication interface control module provides a ground for the microphone via the low
reference wire.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

OnStar Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

OnStar Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:00 Page 87 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the cellular phone microphone.
2. Ignition ON, test for 9.5-10.5 V between the signal circuit terminal B and ground.
¡ If less than the specified range, test the circuit for a short to ground, shorted together, or an
open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the vehicle communication interface
control module.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal,
replace the vehicle communication interface control module.
3. Test for 9.5-10.5 V between the signal circuit terminal B and the low reference circuit terminal A.
¡ If less than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for a short to ground, shorted together,
or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the vehicle communication interface
control module.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit
tests normal, replace the vehicle communication interface control module.
4. If all circuit test normal, replace the cellular phone microphone.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement


l Control Module References for telematics communication interface control module replacement, setup,
and programming

NAVIGATION SYSTEM - VOICE RECOGNITION MALFUNCTION

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

OnStar Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:00 Page 88 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Circuit/System Testing

1. Verify the OnStar® voice recognition is operating normally.


¡ If the OnStar® voice recognition is inoperative, refer to OnStar Microphone Malfunction.

2. Ignition OFF, disconnect the radio harness connector X1 and CIM harness connector X3.
3. Test for less than 1 volt on the voice recognition audio signal circuit radio harness connector terminal 4
and ground.
¡ If greater than specified value, test the circuit for a short to voltage.

4. Test for greater than 1 ohm between the voice recognition audio signal circuit radio harness connector
terminal 4 and ground.
¡ If less than specified value, test the circuit for a short to ground.

5. Test for less than 1 ohm between the voice recognition audio signal circuit radio harness connector
terminal 4 and the voice recognition audio signal circuit CIM harness connector terminal 2.
¡ If greater than specified value, test the circuit for an open/high resistance.

6. Test for less than 1 volt on the voice recognition audio low reference circuit radio harness connector
terminal 5 and ground.
¡ If greater than specified value, test the circuit for a short to voltage.

7. Test for greater than 1 ohm between the voice recognition audio low reference circuit radio harness
connector terminal 5 and ground.
¡ If less than specified value, test the circuit for a short to ground.

8. Test for less than 1 ohm between the voice recognition audio low reference circuit radio harness
connector terminal 5 and the voice recognition audio low reference signal circuit CIM harness connector
terminal 4.
¡ If greater than specified value, test the circuit for an open/high resistance.

9. If all circuits test normal, replace the radio.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Control Module References for radio replacement, setup, and programming

ONSTAR AUDIO MALFUNCTION

Diagnostic Instructions

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:00 Page 89 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
Audio Signal 1 1 1 -
Audio Common Signal - 1 - -
1. No (or Noisy) OnStar® Audio

Circuit/System Description

When an OnStar® keypress is made, a serial data message is sent to the audio system to mute all radio functions
and output OnStar® originated audio. After the audio system is muted, the vehicle communication interface
control module transmits signals to the audio system on the audio signal and audio common circuits.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

l OnStar Schematics
l Radio/Navigation System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

OnStar Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:00 Page 90 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

1. Tune radio to a known good station and verify the audio is heard clearly through all speaker channels.
¡ If audio is not heard clearly, refer to Speaker Malfunction.

2. Ignition ON, radio ON, set volume to comfortable level and press OnStar® Call Center button. Verify
Connecting to OnStar® message is heard clearly through the audio system.
¡ If OnStar® message is noisy or distorted, refer to Circuit/System Testing.

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the radio.


2. Disconnect the X2 harness connector at the vehicle communication interface control module.
3. Ignition ON, test for less than 1 V between the vehicle communication interface control module cellular
telephone voice signal circuit terminal 1 X2 and ground.
¡ If not the specified value, test the cellular telephone voice signal circuit for a short to voltage.

4. Test for less than 1 V between the vehicle communication interface control module cellular telephone
voice low reference circuit terminal 2 X2 and ground.
¡ If not the specified value, test the cellular telephone voice low reference circuit for a short to
voltage.
5. Ignition OFF, test for infinite resistance between the vehicle communication interface control module
cellular telephone voice signal circuit terminal 1 X2 and ground.
¡ If not the specified value, test the cellular telephone voice signal circuit for a short to ground.

6. Test for infinite resistance between the vehicle communication interface control module cellular
telephone voice low reference circuit terminal 2 X2 and ground.
¡ If not the specified value, test the cellular telephone voice low reference circuit for a short to
ground.
7. Test for less than 2 ohms between the vehicle communication interface control module cellular telephone
voice signal circuit terminal 1 X2 and the radio terminal 7 X2.
¡ If not the specified value, test the cellular telephone voice signal circuit for a open/high resistance.

8. Test for less than 2 ohms between the vehicle communication interface control module cellular telephone
voice low reference circuit terminal 2 X2 and the radio terminal 15 X2.
¡ If not the specified value, test the cellular telephone voice low reference circuit for a open/high
resistance.
9. If all circuits test normal, replace the vehicle communication interface control module.
10. If all circuits test normal, replace the radio.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Control Module References for radio or vehicle communication interface control module replacement, setup,
and programming.

NO GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS) RECEPTION

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:00 Page 91 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Circuit Description

The global positioning system (GPS) antenna is connected to the navigation radio by a shielded coaxial cable.
The antenna cable also provides a path for DC current for powering the GPS antenna.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Navigation System Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Testing

NOTE: The global positioning system (GPS) requires a clear line of sight to the sky to
operate properly. It may take up to 15 minutes for the Nav Radio to acquire a
GPS signal. In most cases the GPS will not have reception near tall buildings or
inside structures.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the GPS antenna coax cable from the navigation radio.
2. Ignition ON, test for 4.5-5.5 V between the coax cable center conductor terminal at the radio and ground.
¡ If not within the specified range, replace the radio.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:00 Page 92 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

3. If all circuits test normal, replace the GPS antenna.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Electronic Navigation Antenna Replacement


l Control Module References for Radio replacement, setup, and programming

NOISE COMPENSATED VOLUME MALFUNCTION

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Testing

IMPORTANT: Noise compensated volume only available on vehicles equipped with Y91 or
UQS.

1. Turn the ignition ON. Disconnect the noise compensation microphone.


2. Measure for 7-9 volts between the noise compensation microphone supply circuit terminal A and the

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:01 Page 93 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

drain circuit terminal B.


¡ If the voltage is less than the specified range, test the circuits for a short to ground, or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the auido amplifier.
¡ If the voltage is greater than the specified range, test the circuits for a short to voltage. If the circuit
tests normal, replace the audio amplifier.
3. If all circuits test normal, replace the noise compensation microphone.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Control Module References for radio replacement, setup, and programming

ONSTAR BUTTON LED MALFUNCTION

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
B+ Supply Voltage B2476 00 B2476 00 B2476 00 -
Control Terminal 14 1 1 2 -
Control Terminal 15 1 1 2 -
Signal Terminal 11 3 3 - -
Inside Rearview Mirror Ground - 1 - -
1. OnStar® LED Inoperative
2. LED Illuminated At All Times
3. OnStar® Buttons Inoperative

Circuit Description

The OnStar® status LEDs are located with the OnStar buttons. The green LED is illuminated when the system
is ON and operating normally. When the green LED is green and flashing, it is an indication that a call is in
progress. When the red LED is illuminated, a system malfunction is present. In the event there is a system
malfunction and the OnStar® system is still able to make a call, the LED will flash red during the call. The
OnStar® LEDs are controlled by the communication interface module (CIM) via the keypad green LED signal
circuit and the keypad red LED signal circuit.

Reference Information

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:01 Page 94 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Schematic Reference

OnStar Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

OnStar Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Ignition ON, command the Green LED ON and OFF with a scan tool while observing the green LED on
the inside rearview mirror. The green LED should turn ON and OFF when commanded.
2. Command the red LED ON and OFF with a scan tool while observing the red LED on the inside rearview
mirror. The red LED should turn ON and OFF when commanded.

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the inside rearview mirror.
2. Doors closed, courtesy lamps OFF, test for less than 10 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 8 and
ground.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.

3. Ignition ON, command the green LED OFF with a scan tool. Test for less than 1 V between the control
circuit terminal 14 and ground.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the CIM.
4. Command the green LED ON with a scan tool. Test for greater than 9 V between the control circuit
terminal 14 and ground.
¡ If less than the specified range, test the control circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the CIM.
5. Command the red LED OFF with a scan tool. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:01 Page 95 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

15 and ground.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the CIM.
6. Command the red LED ON with a scan tool. Test for greater than 9 V between the control circuit terminal
15 and ground.
¡ If less than the specified range, test the control circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the CIM.
7. If all circuits test normal, replace the inside rearview mirror.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Inside Rearview Mirror Replacement


l Control Module References for CIM replacement, setup, and programming

ONSTAR CALL CENTER REMOTE FUNCTION REQUESTS MALFUNCTION

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Circuit/System Description

The communication interface module (CIM) has the capability of commanding the horn, initiating door
lock/unlock, or operating the exterior lamps using the serial data circuits. These functions are commanded by
the OnStar® Call Center per a customer request.

Diagnostic Aids

The customer concern may have been due to a lack of cellular service in a given area. A failure in the National
Cellular Network infrastructure that has since been corrected.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

OnStar Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:01 Page 96 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

OnStar Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

IMPORTANT: This procedure is not used in Brazil.

IMPORTANT: l It is necessary to inform the OnStar® Call Center advisor that this call is
for vehicle diagnostic purposes.
l It is necessary to have the vehicle in an open outside area where a cellular
call can be successfully placed and GPS data can be received from
satellites.

1. Verify that the horn, lights, and the doors locks on the vehicle operate properly.
¡ If the applicable system does not operate properly, refer to Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle .

2. Contact the OnStar® Call Center by pressing the blue OnStar® button. Verify with the OnStar® advisor
that all of the remote functions (door locks, lights, or horn) work.
¡ If unable to connect with the OnStar® call center, refer to Unable to Contact OnStar Call
Center.
¡ If the remote functions do not operate when requested, replace the CIM.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Control Module References for CIM replacement, setup, and programming

ONSTAR BUTTON MALFUNCTION

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:01 Page 97 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
B+ Supply Voltage B2476 00 B2476 00 B2476 00 -
Control Terminal 14 1 1 2 -
Control Terminal 15 1 1 2 -
Signal Terminal 11 3 3 - B2482 00
Inside Rearview Mirror Ground - 1 - -
1. OnStar® LED Inoperative
2. LED Illuminated At All Times
3. OnStar® Buttons Inoperative

Circuit/System Description

The OnStar® button assembly consists of 3 buttons, Call/Answer, OnStar® Call Center, and OnStar®
Emergency. The communication interface module (CIM) supplies the OnStar® button assembly with 10 V via
the keypad supply voltage circuit. Each of the buttons, when pressed, completes the circuit across a resistor
allowing a specific voltage to be returned to the CIM over the keypad signal circuit. Depending upon the
voltage range returned, the CIM is able to identify which button has been activated.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

OnStar Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

OnStar Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:02 Page 98 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Circuit/System Verification

NOTE: Contact the OnStar® Call Center first before pressing the emergency button in
order to notify them of the test.

Ignition ON, press the OnStar® Call buttons one at the time. Verify that all of the OnStar® buttons operate
normally.

¡ If some OnStar® buttons are inoperative but not all, replace the inside rearview mirror.
¡ If none of the OnStar® buttons operate, refer to circuit/system testing.

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the inside rearview mirror.
2. Test for less than 10 ohms between the mirror ground circuit terminal 8 and ground.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.

3. Ignition ON, test for less than 1 V between the keypad signal circuit terminal 11 and ground.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the keypad signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit
tests normal, replace the CIM.
4. Ignition OFF, test for 600k-800k ohms between the signal circuit terminal 11 and ground.
¡ If less than the specified range, test the keypad signal circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit
tests normal, replace the CIM.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the keypad signal circuit for an open/high resistance. If the
circuit tests normal, replace the CIM.
5. Ignition ON, test for 9.5-10.5 V between the keypad supply voltage circuit terminal 12 and ground.
¡ If less than the specified range, test the supply voltage circuit for a short to ground or open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the CIM.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the supply voltage circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit
tests normal, replace the CIM.
6. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the button assembly.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Inside Rearview Mirror Replacement


l Control Module References for CIM replacement, setup, and programming

ONSTAR STEERING WHEEL CONTROL FUNCTIONS MALFUNCTION

NOTE: This procedure is not used in Brazil.

Some vehicles equipped with the OnStar® system have the capability of accessing voice mailboxes and other
automated phone systems by means of the steering wheel controls, while the OnStar® Personal Calling (OPC)

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:02 Page 99 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

feature is in use. If the "Talk" or "Mute" button (depending upon the vehicle) on the steering wheel controls is
depressed during an OPC call, the communication interface module (CIM) receives the message on the serial
data bus from either the radio or body control module (BCM). This message is interpreted as a request to turn
any spoken numbers into dual tone multi-frequency (DTMF) tones to be delivered over the airwaves to the
phone system the user is communicating with. Complete instructions for operation of these features can be
found in the information provided to the customer with the OnStar® system.

The steering wheel controls are a resistor network that consist of multiple momentary contact switches and a
series of resistors. The switches and resistor network are arranged so that each switch has a different resistance
value. When a switch is pressed, a voltage drop occurs in the resistor network, which produces a specific
voltage value unique to the switch selected, to be interpreted by either the radio or BCM. In the event the
OnStar® steering wheel control functions are inoperative, technicians should refer to Steering Wheel Controls
Malfunction , to begin diagnosis of the steering wheel control concern.

RADIO AUDIO MALFUNCTION AT REAR SEAT AUDIO (RSA) CONTROL

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Radio/Audio System Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:02 Page 100 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Circuit/System Verification

1. Radio ON, verify clear audio is heard from each audio speaker with the RSA system OFF.
¡ If audio is inoperative from one or all speakers, refer to Speaker Malfunction.

2. Using a known good pair of wired headphones, plug them into both of the headphone jacks on the RSA
controller.
3. Radio ON, RSA ON, cycle through several sources and listen for audio. Adjust appropriate volume
control.
¡ If no audio is heard through the headphones, replace the RSA controller.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Rear Seat Audio Control Replacement

REAR SEAT RADIO CONTROLS INOPERATIVE

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:02 Page 101 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Circuit/System Verification

Radio ON, verify clear audio is heard from each audio speaker with the RSA system OFF.

¡ If audio is inoperative from one or all speakers, refer to Speaker Malfunction.

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the rear seat audio (RSA) controller.
2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 6 and ground.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.

3. Radio ON, test for battery voltage between the battery positive voltage circuit terminal 5 and ground.
¡ If less than the specified range, test the voltage circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance.
4. If all circuits test normal, replace the rear seat audio controller.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Rear Seat Audio Control Replacement

RADIO DISPLAYS CAL OR CAL ERR

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Radio/Audio System Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:03 Page 102 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

Verify the CAL or CAL ERROR is not displayed on radio.

¡ If the radio displays CAL or CAL ERROR, reprogram the radio. If the radio still displays CAL or CAL
ERR after performing the reprogramming procedure, replace the radio.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Control Module References for Radio replacement, setup, and programming

RADIO DISPLAYS LOC, LOCKED, OR CODE

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Circuit Description

Theft Lock is activated when the VIN as received over the data communication circuit and the VIN as stored in
the module memory do not match. This also occurs when no VIN is received over the data communication
circuit. The only circuit required is the communication line.

Diagnostic Aids

This symptom may be an indication that an incorrect radio is installed in the vehicle, or that the radio was
replaced without reprogramming with the new information.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:03 Page 103 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Radio/Audio System Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

Verify LOC, LOCKED, or CODE is not displayed on radio.

¡ If the radio displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE, reprogram the radio. If the radio still displays LOC,
LOCKED, or CODE after performing the reprogramming procedure, replace the radio.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Control Module References for Radio replacement, setup, and programming

RADIO DOES NOT INTERFACE WITH PERSONAL AUDIO LINK MODULE

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
PAL B+ - 1 - -
Left Audio Signal (+) 2 3 2 -

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:03 Page 104 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Left Audio Signal (-) 2 3 2 -


Right Audio Signal (+) 4 5 4 -
Right Audio Signal (-) 4 5 4 -
PAL Ground - 1 - -
1. PAL module inoperative. No Communication with PAL or DRR, XM can not be selected from radio.
BCM DTC U2172, Radio DTC U0194, LED on PAL does not illuminate.
2. No sound from left speakers when PAL or XM™ is sourced on radio.
3. No sound from left speakers when only PAL is sourced on radio.
4. No sound from right speakers when PAL or XM™ is sourced on radio.
5. No sound from right speakers when only PAL is sourced on radio.

Circuit Description

The Apple iPod® is connected to the personal audio link (PAL) through a dedicated interface cable. The cable
allows the iPod the ability to share serial data communication, audio signals, power and ground with the
vehicle. The T-harness used to connect the PAL module shares the same power and grounds as the radio. The
audio signal circuits are shared with the Digital Radio Receiver audio circuits. The PAL module receives Data
communication by connecting inline with the DRR.

Diagnostic Aids

l After PAL is installed, it is only possible to communicate with the DRR when the radio is ON and XM
band selected.
l If radio is OFF, or tuned to any other band a NO COMM message for DRR is displayed on Tech2
(Vehicle DTC Check).
l PAL module maintains a persistent B1000 code that cannot be cleared, and does not affect operation.
l If PAL module loses power or ground, BCM and Radio set DTCs for loss of communication with DRR.
l The iPod® interface connector is susceptible to vibration and movement damage. It is recommended that
excessive movement of the iPod® and cable be avoided while driving.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Radio/Audio System Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:03 Page 105 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

NOTE: Verify that the iPod® is in good working order and visually inspect the iPod®
connector cavity for any signs of damage before performing this diagnostic.
Verify the most up to date software has been downloaded from
http://www.apple.com/support/ipod/ to the iPod® before performing this
diagnostic.

1. Tune to a strong AM or FM station and verify each speaker is producing clear and even sound, with no
distortion.
¡ If any speaker is not producing sound or the sound produced is distorted, refer to Symptoms -
Entertainment.
2. Ignition ON, Observe the PAL red LED lamp. Verify the red LED lamp is illuminated.
¡ If the PAL red LED is not illuminated, go to Circuit/System Testing.

3. Set the radio to the iPod® interface menu and attempt to operate audio from the iPod®.
4. Inspect the interface harness at the connection to the iPod® and verify that audio quality from the iPod®
is not changed when the harness is bent in multiple directions.
¡ If the audio changes quality or drops out, inspect the iPod® connector cavity or interface cable for
damage. If no damage found, replace the iPod® interface cable.

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the PAL module.


2. Test for less than 5 ohms between terminal 9 and ground.
¡ If greater than specified value, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.

3. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between terminal 16 and ground.
¡ If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the B+ circuit for an open/high resistance.

4. Ignition OFF, reconnect the harness connector at the PAL module.


5. Ignition ON, set the radio to the iPod® interface menu and attempt to operate audio from the iPod®.
¡ If the iPod® fails to communicate with the radio, replace the interface cable.

6. Near the BCM connector, verify the serial data circuit from PAL is properly spliced to the serial data
circuit.
¡ If the serial data circuit is not connected, reconnect the circuit.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:03 Page 106 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

7. Ignition OFF, disconnect the PAL module and the X1 radio harness connector.
8. Test for less than 1 ohms between terminal 9 at the X1 radio harness connector and terminal 5 at the X1
PAL module harness connector.
¡ If greater than specified value, replace the T-harness.

9. If all systems test normal, replace the PAL module.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

For PAL replacement, refer to Ipod® interface installation instructions.

RADIO POOR RECEPTION

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Circuit/System Description

AM and FM radio reception is dependent on the following components:

l Radio antenna
l Coax cable between the radio antenna and the radio antenna module
l Radio antenna module
l Coax cable between the radio antenna module and the radio
l Radio

Diagnostic Aids

NOTE: Radio systems with the antenna(s) in the glass are subject to possible
interference when an aftermarket window tint is applied, especially when there
is a metallic present in the film.

Poor AM and FM radio reception is dependent on multiple influences, some of which may not be vehicle
related. Areas which have high RF traffic or block the signal path may cause a degradation in radio reception.
Radio reception may also be influenced by items within the vehicle, but not part of the radio system. Such
examples are aftermarket electrical accessories or other items which may generate noise in the vehicle electrical
system.

AM reception is highly dependent on the antenna module receiving battery voltage from the radio and being
properly grounded. The antenna module has a built in antenna amplifier that boosts both AM and FM reception.
When the antenna module does not receive power, AM stations will not be received and FM reception will be

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:03 Page 107 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

limited. If the module is not properly grounded, excessive interference in the signal may occur, or reception
may be limited.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Radio/Audio System Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Inspect the antenna for proper mounting or physical damage.


¡ If damage is found, repair or replace as necessary

2. Radio ON, tune to several known FM, AM, and XM (if equipped) stations, and play a known good CD.
¡ If audio output is poor from all sources, refer to Speaker Malfunction.

Circuit/System Testing

Rear Glass Antenna Testing

1. Inspect the antenna on the rear glass. Verify all branches of the antenna are intact, with no scratches or
other damage.
¡ If damage is found, repair or replace as necessary.

2. Verify the connector at the back glass is properly secured and free of any damage.
¡ If damage is found, repair or replace as necessary.

3. Inspect the radio antenna module grounding surfaces and the mounting hardware for any corrosion that

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:03 Page 108 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

may cause a poor ground.


¡ If corrosion is noted, clean the grounding surfaces or hardware.

4. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the radio antenna module.
5. Ignition ON, radio ON, test for B+ between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground.
¡ If less than the specified value, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
6. Disconnect the antenna coax from the radio and the radio antenna module.
7. Test for infinite resistance between the antenna coax center terminal and ground.
¡ If less than the specified value, replace the antenna coax.

8. Test for infinite resistance between the coax center terminal and the outer shield.
¡ If less than the specified value, replace the antenna coax.

9. Test for less than 5 ohms on the antenna coax center terminal from end to end.
¡ If greater than the specified value, replace the antenna coax.

10. Test for less than 5 ohms on the antenna coax outer shield from end to end.
¡ If greater than the specified value, replace the antenna coax.

11. If all circuits test normal, replace the antenna module. Reconnect the antenna coax.
12. Ignition ON, radio ON, verify radio reception has improved.
¡ If reception is still poor, replace the radio.

Fixed Mast Antenna Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the radio antenna coax cable from the radio and the radio antenna.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the antenna coax center terminal and ground.
¡ If less than the specified value, replace the antenna coax.

3. Test for infinite resistance between the coax center terminal and the outer shield.
¡ If less than the specified value, replace the antenna coax.

4. Test for less than 5 ohms on the antenna coax center terminal from end to end.
¡ If greater than the specified range, replace the antenna coax.

5. Test for less than 5 ohms on the antenna coax outer shield from end to end.
¡ If greater than the specified range, replace the antenna coax.

6. Reconnect the coax to the radio antenna. Test for infinite resistance on the coax at the radio between the
center terminal and the outer shield.
¡ If less then specified value, replace the antenna.

7. Test for less than 10 ohms on the coax at the radio between the outer shield and ground.
¡ If greater than specified value, clean the mounting surface of the antenna ground plane. If no
corrosion found, replace the antenna.
8. If all circuits test normal, replace the radio.

Repair Instructions

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:04 Page 109 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Radio Antenna Module Replacement (9R199537 and Earlier), Radio Antenna Module Replacement
(9R199538 and Later)
l Antenna Cable Replacement (W/O Fixed Antenna)
l Radio Antenna Cable Extension Cable Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
l Radio Antenna Replacement
l Control Module References for radio replacement, setup, and programming

SPEAKER REPLACEMENT REFERENCE

Speaker Replacement Reference


Component Repair Instruction
Center I/P Speaker Refer to Radio Front Speaker Replacement
Front Door Speaker Refer to Radio Front Side Door Speaker
Replacement
Front Pillar Speaker (Tweeter Speaker) Refer to Front Upper Speaker Replacement
Rear Door Speaker Refer to Radio Rear Side Door Speaker
Replacement
Rear Pillar Speaker Refer to Rear Pillar Speaker Replacement
Refer to Radio Front Floor Console Speaker
Subwoofer Speaker
Replacement

SPEAKER MALFUNCTION

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
Left Front Speaker Signal Circuits
B1025 02* B1025 04* B1025 01* -
(Front Door and Tweeter)
Right Front Speaker Signal Circuits
B1035 02* B1035 04* B1035 01* -
(Front Door and Tweeter)
Left Rear Speaker Signal Circuits
B1045 02* B1045 04* B1045 01* -
(Rear Door)
Right Rear Speaker Signal Circuits
B1055 02* B1055 04* B1055 01* -
(Rear Door)
Front Center Speaker Signal Circuits

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:04 Page 110 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

(Center IP) B1065 02* B1065 04* B1065 01* -


Subwoofer Low Level Audio Signal
B1075 02* B1075 04* B1075 01* -
Circuits (Center Console)
Left Midrange Speaker Signal Circuits
B1085 02* B1085 04* B1085 01* -
(LR D-Pillar)
Right Midrange Speaker Signal
B1095 02* B1055 04* B1095 01* -
Circuits (RR D-Pillar)
* Noticeable audio distortion possible.

Circuit/System Description

Each of the audio output channel circuits (+) and (-), at the radio and audio amplifier have a DC bias voltage
that is one half of the battery voltage. When using a DMM, each of the audio output channel circuits will
measure approximately 6.5V DC. The audio being played on the system is produced by a varying AC voltage
that is centered around the DC bias voltage on the same circuit. The AC voltage is what causes the speaker cone
to move and produce sound. This voltage will vary depending on what type of audio is being listened to, talk or
music, and type of music, as well as the volume setting of the system. Low volume and talk settings will
measure around 1V AC and less, where constant music may measure 3V AC and slightly higher.

Diagnostic Aids

l Improper speaker mounting or loose trim may cause an audible buzz or distortion. Inspect the appropriate
speaker and the surrounding interior trim for proper and secure mounting.

The EL-50334-6 Audio System Diagnostic CD contains audio tracks that can be used to duplicate and
isolate such concerns. Tracks 11 and 12 contain audio sweep tones for testing for speaker and grill rattles.

If the speaker or surrounding interior trim is found to be loose or improperly secured, correctly secure the
item.

l When equipped with an amplifier, it is possible for some individual circuit faults to affect more than one
speakers operation. Perform diagnostic tests in the sequence listed to avoid misdiagnosis.
l The front tweeter speakers are connected to the same channel as the front door speakers.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Radio/Navigation System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Radio/Audio System Description and Operation

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:04 Page 111 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

Radio ON, Rear Seat Audio (RSA) OFF (if equipped), adjust the fade and balance controls on the radio to test
all four channels individually. Each of the four channels should produce clear and even sound.

Without Amplifier

Radio ON, verify clear audio is heard from each audio speaker.

¡ If audio is inoperative from all speakers, replace the radio.


¡ If audio is inoperative from one or more, but not all, speakers or the audio emitted from the speakers is
not clear, refer to Speaker Circuit Malfunction - without Amplifier.

With Amplifier

Radio ON, verify clear audio is heard from each audio speaker.

¡ If audio is inoperative from all speakers, refer to Amplifier Circuit Malfunction.


¡ If audio is inoperative from one or more, but not all, speakers or the audio emitted from the speakers is
not clear, refer to Speaker Circuit Malfunction - with Amplifier.

Circuit/System Testing

Speaker Circuit Malfunction - without Amplifier

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate speaker.


2. Radio ON, test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the signal circuit terminal A and ground.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.
¡ If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
3. Test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the signal circuit terminal B and ground.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:04 Page 112 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

¡ If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
4. If all circuits test normal, replace the speaker.

Amplifier Circuit Malfunction

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the audio amplifier.


2. Ignition OFF, test for less than 10 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 8 and ground.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.

3. Ignition ON, test for B+ between the B+ circuit terminal 4 and ground.
¡ If less then specified value, test the circuit for a short to ground, or an open/high resistance.

4. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the audio amplifier.


5. For vehicles without RPO code Y91 only: Radio ON, test for B+ between the remote enable signal circuit
terminal 8 and ground.
¡ If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
6. If all circuits test normal, replace the audio amplifier.

Speaker Malfunction Radio Output Testing UQA

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the audio amplifier.


2. Radio ON, test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and ground.
l Left front low level audio signal (+) - terminal 15

l Left front low level audio signal (-) - terminal 7

l Right front low level audio signal (+) - terminal 14

l Right front low level audio signal (-) - terminal 6

l Left rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 13

l Left rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 5

l Right rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 12

l Right rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 4

¡ If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.
3. If all circuits test normal, replace the audio amplifier.

Speaker Malfunction Radio Output Testing UQS or UQA with Y91

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 and X4 harness connectors at the audio amplifier.
2. Radio ON, test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and ground.
l Left front low level audio signal (+) - terminal 11 X3

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:04 Page 113 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Left front low level audio signal (-) - terminal 12 X3


l Right front low level audio signal (+) - terminal 3 X3

l Right front low level audio signal (-) - terminal 4 X3

l Left rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 11 X4

l Left rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 12 X4

l Right rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 3 X4

l Right rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 4 X4

l Subwoofer low level audio signal (+) - terminal 5 X4

l Subwoofer low level audio signal (-) - terminal 6 X4

l Center Channel low level audio signal (+) - terminal 13 X4

l Center Channel low level audio signal (-) - terminal 14 X4

¡ If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.
3. If all circuits test normal, replace the audio amplifier.

Speaker Malfunction Radio Output Testing UQA with U42

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the audio amplifier.


2. Radio ON, test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and ground.
l Left front low level audio signal (+) - terminal 15

l Left front low level audio signal (-) - terminal 7

l Right front low level audio signal (+) - terminal 14

l Right front low level audio signal (-) - terminal 6

¡ If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.
3. Ignition OFF, reconnect the X3 harness connector at the audio amplifier.
4. Disconnect the X2 harness connector at the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
5. Radio ON, test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and ground.
l Left rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 1

l Left rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 2

l Right rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 3

l Right rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 4

¡ If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the rear seat audio (RSA) module.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:04 Page 114 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

6. Ignition OFF, reconnect the X2 harness connector at the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
7. Disconnect the X3 harness connector at the audio amplifier.
8. Radio ON, test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and ground.
l Left rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 13

l Left rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 5

l Right rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 12

l Right rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 4

¡ If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
9. If all circuits test normal, replace the audio amplifier.

Speaker Malfunction Radio Output Testing UQA with Y91 or UQS

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 and X4 harness connectors at the audio amplifier.
2. Radio ON, test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and ground.
l Left front low level audio signal (+) - terminal 11 X3

l Left front low level audio signal (-) - terminal 12 X3

l Right front low level audio signal (+) - terminal 3 X3

l Right front low level audio signal (-) - terminal 4 X3

l Left rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 11 X4

l Left rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 12 X4

l Right rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 3 X4

l Right rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 4 X4

l Subwoofer low level audio signal (+) - terminal 5 X4

l Subwoofer low level audio signal (-) - terminal 6 X4

l Center Channel low level audio signal (+) - terminal 13 X4

l Center Channel low level audio signal (-) - terminal 14 X4

¡ If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.
3. If all circuits test normal, replace the audio amplifier.

Speaker Malfunction Radio Output Testing UQA with Y91 and with U42 or UQS with U42

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 and X4 harness connector at the audio amplifier.
2. Radio ON, test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and ground.
l Left front low level audio signal (+) - terminal 11 X3

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:05 Page 115 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Left front low level audio signal (-) - terminal 12 X3


l Right front low level audio signal (+) - terminal 3 X3

l Right front low level audio signal (-) - terminal 4 X3

l Subwoofer low level audio signal (+) - terminal 5 X4

l Subwoofer low level audio signal (-) - terminal 6 X4

l Center Channel low level audio signal (+) - terminal 13 X4

l Center Channel low level audio signal (-) - terminal 14 X4

¡ If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.
3. Ignition OFF, reconnect the X3 harness connector at the audio amplifier.
4. Disconnect the X2 harness connector at the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
5. Radio ON, test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and ground.
l Left rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 1

l Left rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 2

l Right rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 3

l Right rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 4

¡ If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
6. Ignition OFF, reconnect the X2 harness connector at the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
7. Disconnect the X2 harness connector at the audio amplifier.
8. Radio ON, test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and ground.
l Left rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 15

l Left rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 14

l Right rear low level audio signal (+) - terminal 16

l Right rear low level audio signal (-) - terminal 8

¡ If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
¡ If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the rear seat audio (RSA) module.
9. If all circuits test normal, replace the audio amplifier.

Speaker Malfunction Amplifier Output Testing UQA

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 and X2 connectors at the audio amplifier.


2. Radio ON, test for less than 1 volt between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and
ground:

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:05 Page 116 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Left front speaker output (+) - terminal 4 X2


l Left front speaker output (-) - terminal 3 X2

l Right front speaker output (+) - terminal 2 X2

l Right front low speaker output (-) - terminal 1 X2

l Left rear speaker output (+) - terminal 8 X2

l Left rear speaker output (-) - terminal 7 X2

l Right rear speaker output (+) - terminal 6 X2

l Right rear speaker output (-) - terminal 5 X2

l Left or rear subwoofer speaker output (+) - terminal 7 X1

l Left or rear subwoofer speaker output (-) - terminal 3 X1

l Right subwoofer speaker output (+) - terminal 6 X1

l Right subwoofer speaker output (-) - terminal 2 X1

¡ If greater than the specified range, test both circuits of the affected speaker for a short to voltage.

3. Radio OFF, test for infinite resistance between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and
ground:
l Left front speaker output (+) - terminal 4 X2

l Left front speaker output (-) - terminal 3 X2

l Right front speaker output (+) - terminal 2 X2

l Right front low speaker output (-) - terminal 1 X2

l Left rear speaker output (+) - terminal 8 X2

l Left rear speaker output (-) - terminal 7 X2

l Right rear speaker output (+) - terminal 6 X2

l Right rear speaker output (-) - terminal 5 X2

l Left or rear subwoofer speaker output (+) - terminal 7 X1

l Left or rear subwoofer speaker output (-) - terminal 3 X1

l Right subwoofer speaker output (+) - terminal 6 X1

l Right subwoofer speaker output (-) - terminal 2 X1

¡ If less than the specified range, test both circuits of the affected speaker for a short to ground.

4. If all circuits test normal, reconnect all harness connectors at the audio amplifier.
5. Radio ON, disconnect the appropriate speaker.
6. Test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the signal circuit terminals and ground.
¡ If less then the specified range test the circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal,
replace the amplifier.
¡ If greater then the specified range test the circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal,
replace the audio amplifier.
7. If the circuit tests normal, replace the appropriate speaker.

Speaker Malfunction Amplifier Output Testing UQA with Y91 or UQS

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:05 Page 117 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 and X2 connectors at the audio amplifier.


2. Radio ON, test for less than 1 volt between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and
ground:
l Left front speaker output (+) - terminal 4 X2

l Left front speaker output (-) - terminal 5 X2

l Right front speaker output (+) - terminal 7 X2

l Right front speaker output (-) - terminal 6 X2

l Left rear speaker output (+) - terminal 15 X2

l Left rear speaker output (-) - terminal 14 X2

l Right rear speaker output (+) - terminal 16 X2

l Right rear speaker output (-) - terminal 8 X2

l Front center speaker output (+) - terminal 13 X2

l Front center speaker output (-) - terminal 12 X2

l Right rear midrange speaker output (+) - terminal 3 X2

l Right rear midrange speaker output (-) - terminal 2 X2

l Left rear midrange speaker output (+) - terminal 11 X2

l Left rear midrange speaker output (-) - terminal 10 X2

l Left or rear subwoofer speaker output (+) - terminal 1 X1

l Left or rear subwoofer speaker output (-) - terminal 2 X1

l Right subwoofer speaker output (+) - terminal 7 X1

l Right subwoofer speaker output (-) - terminal 3 X1

¡ If greater than the specified range, test both circuits of the affected speaker for a short to voltage.

3. Radio OFF, test for infinite resistance between the appropriate signal circuit terminal listed below and
ground:
l Left front speaker output (+) - terminal 4 X2

l Left front speaker output (-) - terminal 5 X2

l Right front speaker output (+) - terminal 7 X2

l Right front speaker output (-) - terminal 6 X2

l Left rear speaker output (+) - terminal 15 X2

l Left rear speaker output (-) - terminal 14 X2

l Right rear speaker output (+) - terminal 16 X2

l Right rear speaker output (-) - terminal 8 X2

l Front center speaker output (+) - terminal 13 X2

l Front center speaker output (-) - terminal 12 X2

l Right rear midrange speaker output (+) - terminal 3 X2

l Right rear midrange speaker output (-) - terminal 2 X2

l Left rear midrange speaker output (+) - terminal 11 X2

l Left rear midrange speaker output (-) - terminal 10 X2

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:05 Page 118 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Left or rear subwoofer speaker output (+) - terminal 1 X1


l Left or rear subwoofer speaker output (-) - terminal 2 X1

l Right subwoofer speaker output (+) - terminal 7 X1

l Right subwoofer speaker output (-) - terminal 3 X1

¡ If less than the specified range, test both circuits of the affected speaker for a short to ground.

4. If all circuits test normal, reconnect all harness connectors at the audio amplifier.
5. Radio ON, disconnect the appropriate speaker.
6. Test for 5.0-7.5 volts between the signal circuit terminals and ground.
¡ If less then the specified range test the circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal,
replace the audio amplifier.
¡ If greater then the specified range test the circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal,
replace the audio amplifier.
7. If the circuit tests normal, replace the appropriate speaker.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Speaker Replacement Reference


l Control Module References for Amplifier and Radio replacement, setup, and programming

UNABLE TO CONTACT ONSTAR CALL CENTER

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Circuit/System Description

The vehicle communication interface module (VCIM) is a cellular device that allows the user to communicate
data and voice signals over the national cellular network. When an OnStar keypress is made, the VCIM
activates and connects the system to the cellular carriers communication system by interacting with the national
cellular infrastructure. The module sends and receives all cellular communications over the cellular phone and
navigation antenna and cellular antenna coax.

Diagnostic Aids

l The customer concern may have been due to a lack of cellular service in a given area. A failure in the
National Cellular Network infrastructure at the time of the customers failed connection that has since
been repaired may also have been the cause.
l If an OnStar® emergency call is able to successfully connect the vehicle to the OnStar® Call Center
when an OnStar® Call Center button press is not, there may be a failure in the ability of the OnStar®

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:05 Page 119 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

system in the vehicle to be recognized by the local cellular carrier.


l If the prompt "OnStar® request ended" is heard, without pressing the white dot button at the end of the
OnStar® keypress, the OnStar® system at one time has made a successful cellular connection, but was
unable to complete the call.
l It is important to have the vehicle in an open outside area where a cellular call can be successfully placed
and GPS data can be received from satellites.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

OnStar Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

OnStar Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

EL-49903 GM OnStar Antenna Diagnostic Tool Kit

Circuit/System Verification

NOTE: The following verification requires the vehicle to be outside with an


unobstructed view of the southern sky. Allow 5 minutes after turning key on for
the GPS satellites to acquire vehicle signal.

Ignition ON, wait 5 minutes, then contact the OnStar call center consultant by pressing the blue OnStar button.
A call center consultant should answer the call, verifying the vehicle OnStar system is functioning and the
consultant can locate the vehicle.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:05 Page 120 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

¡ If the unit does not connect to the OnStar Call Center, use a scan tool to obtain and record the following
information: Electronic Serial Number (ESN), Station Identifier (STID), GM 8-digit part number, Mobile
Identification Number (MIN), Mobile Dialed Number (MDN), Transceiver ID (Trans ID) and call GM
TAC to confirm a valid subscription.

Circuit/System Testing

NOTE: The vehicle may be equipped with sectioned coax. Test each section and
replace only the faulty section, not the entire length of coax.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the GPS and cellular coax cable connector at the VCIM.
2. Using the EL-49903-3 kit (EL-49903-5 adapter and EL-49903-4 coax cable), connect the EL-49903 kit to
the VCIM.
3. Ignition ON, wait 5 minutes, and then contact the OnStar call center consultant by pressing the blue
OnStar button. A call center consultant should answer the call.
¡ If the unit does not connect to the OnStar Call Center, replace the VCIM.

4. Ignition OFF, disconnect the EL-49903 kit from the VCIM and perform the coax cable test on the coax
cable between the VCIM and the cellular antenna.
¡ If the coax cable does not pass the test, replace the coax cable.

5. If all circuits test normal, replace the cellular antenna.

Component Testing

CAUTION: Refer to Test Probe Caution .

NOTE: Before testing the coax cable, check the cable exterior for being pinched, cut,
damaged, or having loose connections at the components, which can cause
reception issues.

To prevent false reading when testing the center coax terminals, use care not to
ground the test probe on the outer housing/shield.

Coax Cable Test

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the GPS and cellular phone coax cable at both components.
2. Test both for less than 5 ohms between both ends of the coax cables center terminals.
¡ If greater than the specified range, replace the failed coax cable.

3. Test for greater than 10k ohms between the coax cable center wire and the outer coax shield.
¡ If less than the specified range, replace the coax cable.

Repair Instructions

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:05 Page 121 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Cellular Communications/Digital Radio Antenna Replacement


l Control Module References for VCIM replacement, setup, and programming

VIDEO DISPLAY MALFUNCTION

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
DVD Display B+ 1 1 - -
Radio ON Signal 1 1 - -
Video Display Brightness Signal 2 B1289 04 2 -
Video Mode Signal 1 B1288 04 1 -
Video High Signal (+) 3 3 1 -
Video Low Signal (-) 1 3 4 -
DVD Display Ground - 1 - -
1. Video Entertainment System Inoperative.
2. Video Brightness can not be adjusted.
3. Backlight only - NO image shown.
4. Serious damage to radio can occur.

Circuit Description

The rear seat entertainment (RSE) system utilizes the vehicle radio to play DVD movies and transmit video
signals to the rear digital video disc (DVD) display. When the radio is turned ON, the DVD display receives a
voltage signal from the radio via the entertainment remote enable signal circuit indicating the system status. The
video high and low signal circuits are used to transmit the DVD images to the rear DVD display. The video
high (+) voltage will vary as the brightness and the speed of the image varies. A typical voltage reading for the
video high (+) is 1 to 2.5V at the disconnected at the video display.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Video System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:06 Page 122 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Video Entertainment System Description and Operation (Non-Headrest DVD Systems), Video
Entertainment System Description and Operation (Dual Headrest DVD Systems)

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Ignition ON, vehicle in Park. Operate the DVD entertainment system using several known good DVD
disks.
¡ If the radio does not display the DVD, replace the radio.

2. RSE ON and observe the rear DVD screen. Verify the rear video display is operational.
¡ If rear video display does not turn ON, refer to Video Entertainment System Malfunction (Z75),
Video Entertainment System Malfunction (X88/Z88).
¡ If the rear video display turns ON, but is blank, or the video is poor quality, refer to circuit testing.

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate DVD display.
2. Ignition OFF, test for less than 5.0 ohms between the ground circuit terminals listed below and ground.
l Ground terminal 6

l Ground terminal 5 (DNU)

¡ If greater than specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.

3. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for B+ between the entertainment remote enable B+ circuit terminal 8
and ground.
¡ If less than specified value, test the B+ circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If
the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
4. Ignition ON, test for B+ between the battery positive voltage circuit terminal 7 and ground.
¡ If less than specified value, test the voltage supply circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance.
5. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for 1-8 volts between the video bright control circuit terminal 9, and

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:06 Page 123 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

ground.
¡ If greater then specified range, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.
¡ If less then specified range, test the control circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance.
If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
6. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for 0.1-4.0 volts between the video mode signal circuit terminal 10, and
ground.
¡ If greater then specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.
¡ If less then specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If
the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
7. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for 1-3 volts between the video signal (+) circuit terminal 1, and ground.
¡ If greater then specified range, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.
¡ If less then specified range, test the control circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance.
If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
8. If all circuits test normal, replace the DVD display.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Video Display Replacement (Second Row), Video Display Replacement (Third Row)
l Control Module References for radio replacement, setup, and programming

VIDEO ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM MALFUNCTION (Z75)

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
DVD Display B+ 1 1 - -
Radio ON Signal 1 1 - -
Video Display Brightness Signal 2 B1289 04 2 -
Video Mode Signal 1 B1288 04 1 -
Video High Signal (+) 3 3 1 -
Video Low Signal (-) 1 3 4 -

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:06 Page 124 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

DVD Display Ground - 1 - -


1. Video Entertainment System Inoperative.
2. Video Brightness can not be adjusted.
3. Backlight only - NO image shown.
4. Serious damage to radio can occur.

Circuit Description

The rear seat entertainment (RSE) system utilizes the vehicle radio to play DVD movies and transmit video
signals to the rear digital video disc (DVD) display. When the radio is turned ON, the DVD display receives a
voltage signal from the radio via the entertainment remote enable signal circuit indicating the system status. The
video high and low signal circuits are used to transmit the DVD images to the rear DVD display. The video
high (+) voltage will vary as the brightness and the speed of the image varies.

An optional third row DVD display is available and connects directly to the radio. No video signal splitter is
present.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Video System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Video Entertainment System Description and Operation (Non-Headrest DVD Systems), Video
Entertainment System Description and Operation (Dual Headrest DVD Systems)

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Ignition ON, vehicle in Park. Operate the DVD entertainment system using several known good DVD

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:06 Page 125 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

disks.
If the radio does not display the DVD, replace the radio.
¡

2. RSE ON, observe the rear DVD screen(s). Verify the rear video display(s) operates normally.
¡ If the rear video display(s) does not operate normally, refer to circuit testing.

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate DVD display.
2. Test for less than 5.0 ohms between the ground circuit terminals listed below and ground.
l Ground terminal 6

l Ground terminal 5 (DNU)

¡ If greater than specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.

3. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for B+ between the entertainment remote enable B+ circuit terminal 8
and ground.
¡ If less than specified value, test the B+ circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If
the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
4. Ignition ON, test for B+ between the battery positive voltage circuit terminal 7 and ground.
¡ If less than specified value, test the voltage supply circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance.
5. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for 1-8 volts between the video bright control circuit terminal 9, and
ground.
¡ If greater then specified range, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.
¡ If less then specified range, test the control circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance.
If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
6. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for 40 mV -3.0 volts between the video mode signal circuit terminal 10,
and ground.
¡ If greater then specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.
¡ If less then specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If
the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
7. Ignition OFF, disconnect the appropriate harness connector at the radio.
l Front Display - X3

l Rear Display (DNU) - X2

8. Test for less than 5 ohms between the DVD display terminal 1 and the approriate radio harness connector
terminal.
l Front Display -X3 terminal 7

l Rear Display (DNU) - X2 terminal 4

¡ If greater than specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.

9. If all circuits test normal, replace the DVD display.


10. Ignition ON, DVD playing, verify the DVD display operates normally.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:06 Page 126 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

¡ If the DVD display does not operate normally, replace the radio.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Video Display Replacement (Second Row), Video Display Replacement (Third Row)
l Control Module References for radio replacement, setup, and programming

VIDEO ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM MALFUNCTION (X88/Z88)

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
DVD Display B+ 1 1 - -
Radio ON Signal 1 1 - -
Video Display Brightness Signal 2 B1289 04 2 -
Video Mode Signal 1 B1288 04 1 -
Video High Signal (+) 3 3 1 -
Video Low Signal (-) 1 3 4 -
DVD Display Ground - 1 - -
1. Video Entertainment System Inoperative.
2. Video Brightness can not be adjusted.
3. Backlight only - NO image shown.
4. Serious damage to radio can occur.

Circuit Description

The rear seat entertainment (RSE) system utilizes the vehicle radio to play DVD movies and transmit video
signals to the rear digital video disc (DVD) display. When the radio is turned ON, the DVD display receives a
voltage signal from the radio via the entertainment remote enable signal circuit indicating the system status. The
video high and low signal circuits are used to transmit the DVD images to the rear DVD display. The video
high (+) voltage will vary as the brightness and the speed of the image varies.

Vehicles equipped with the third row seating DVD display contain a video signal splitter to split the video
signal to the second row and third row DVD displays.

Reference Information

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:06 Page 127 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Schematic Reference

Video System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Video Entertainment System Description and Operation (Non-Headrest DVD Systems), Video
Entertainment System Description and Operation (Dual Headrest DVD Systems)

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification without DNU

1. Ignition ON, vehicle in Park. Operate the DVD entertainment system using several known good DVD
disks.
¡ If the radio does not display the DVD, replace the radio.

2. RSE ON, observe the rear DVD screen(s). Verify the rear video display(s) operates normally.
¡ If the rear video display does not operate normally, refer to circuit/system testing without DNU.

Circuit/System Verification with DNU

1. Ignition ON, vehicle in Park. Operate the DVD entertainment system using several known good DVD
disks.
¡ If the radio does not display the DVD, replace the radio.

2. RSE ON, observe the rear DVD screen(s). Verify the rear video display(s) operates normally.
¡ If the third row or second row video display does not operate normally, refer to circuit/system
testing with DNU - One Display Not Functioning.
¡ If the third row and second row video displays do not operate normally, refer to circuit/system
testing with DNU - Two Displays Not Functioning.

Circuit/System Testing

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:06 Page 128 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Without DNU

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the DVD display.


2. Test for less than 5.0 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 6 and ground.
¡ If greater than specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.

3. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for B+ between the entertainment remote enable B+ circuit terminal 8
and ground.
¡ If less than specified value, test the B+ circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If
the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
4. Ignition ON, test for B+ between the battery positive voltage circuit terminal 7 and ground.
¡ If less than specified value, test the voltage supply circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance.
5. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for 1-8 volts between the video bright control circuit terminal 9, and
ground.
¡ If greater then specified range, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.
¡ If less then specified range, test the control circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance.
If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
6. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for 40 mV -3.0 volts between the video mode signal circuit terminal 10,
and ground.
¡ If greater then specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.
¡ If less then specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If
the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
7. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the radio.
8. Test for less than 5 ohms between the DVD display terminal 1 and the radio X3 harness connector
terminal 7.
¡ If greater than specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.

9. If all circuits test normal, replace the DVD display.


10. Ignition ON, DVD playing, Verify the DVD display operates normally.
¡ If the DVD display does not operate normally, replace the radio.

With DNU - One Display Not Functioning

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate DVD screen.
2. Test for less than 5.0 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 6 and ground.
¡ If greater than specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.

3. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for B+ between the entertainment remote enable B+ circuit terminal 8
and ground.
¡ If less than specified value, test the B+ circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If
the circuit tests normal, replace the video signal splitter.
4. Test for B+ between the battery positive voltage circuit terminal 7 and ground.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:06 Page 129 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

¡ If less than specified value, test the voltage supply circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance.
5. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for 1-8 volts between the video bright control circuit terminal 9, and
ground.
¡ If greater then specified range, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the video signal splitter.
¡ If less then specified range, test the control circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance.
If the circuit tests normal, replace the video signal splitter.
6. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for 40 mV-3.0 volts between the video mode signal circuit terminal 10,
and ground.
¡ If greater then specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the video signal splitter.
¡ If less then specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If
the circuit tests normal, replace the video signal splitter.
7. Ignition OFF, disconnect the appropriate harness connector at the video signal splitter.
l Front Display- X2

l Rear Display (DNU)- X3

8. Test for less than 5 ohms between the DVD display terminal 1 and the video signal splitter harness
connector terminal 1.
¡ If greater than specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.

9. If all circuits test normal, replace the DVD display.


10. Ignition ON, DVD playing, verify the DVD display operates normally.
¡ If the DVD display does not operate normally, replace the radio.

With DNU - Two Displays Not Functioning

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the video signal splitter.
2. Test for less than 5.0 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 2 and ground.
¡ If greater than specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.

3. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for B+ between the entertainment remote enable B+ circuit terminal 11
and ground.
¡ If less than specified value, test the B+ circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If
the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
4. Test for B+ between the battery positive voltage circuit terminal 6 and ground.
¡ If less than specified value, test the voltage supply circuit for a short to ground or an open/high
resistance.
5. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for 1-8 volts between the video bright control circuit terminal 8, and
ground.
¡ If greater then specified range, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.
¡ If less then specified range, test the control circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:07 Page 130 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.


6. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for 40 mV-3.0 volts between the video mode signal circuit terminal 16,
and ground.
¡ If greater then specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.
¡ If less then specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If
the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
7. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the radio.
8. Test for less than 5 ohms between the video signal splitter X1 terminal 1 and the radio X3 harness
connector terminal 7.
¡ If greater than specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.

9. If all circuits test normal, perform the circuit/system testing with DNU -- One Display Not Functioning
for each display.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Video Display Replacement (Second Row), Video Display Replacement (Third Row)
l Control Module References for radio replacement, setup, and programming

VIDEO ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM REMOTE CONTROL MALFUNCTION

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance
Infra Red Module Control 1 1 - -
Remote Infra Red Signal (+) 2 2 2 -
Remote Infra Red Signal (-) 2 2 2 -
Infra Red Module Ground - 1 - -
1. Infra Red Module Inoperative - remote control inoperative.
2. Remote control inoperative.

Circuit Description

The infrared transmitter is grounded and powered by the rear seat audio (RSA) module. When a key on the
remote is pressed, the remote control sends an infrared message to infrared transmitter. The infrared transmitter

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:07 Page 131 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

will convert these infrared signals into a frequency and send that message to the radio via the remote infrared
signal circuits (+) and (-).

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Video System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Video Entertainment System Description and Operation (Non-Headrest DVD Systems), Video
Entertainment System Description and Operation (Dual Headrest DVD Systems)

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Testing

NOTE: Test or replace the remote batteries before performing the circuit/system test.

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the infrared transmitter.


2. Ignition OFF, test for less than 5.0 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 12 and ground.
¡ If greater than specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.

3. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for B+ between the infra red module control circuit terminal 4 and
ground.
¡ If less than specified value, test the control circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance.
If the circuit tests normal, replace the rear seat audio module.
4. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for 0.75-2 volts between the remote infra red signal (+) circuit and
ground.
¡ If less than specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If
the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
¡ If greater than specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:07 Page 132 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

normal, replace the radio.


5. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for less than 1 volt between the remote infra red signal (-) circuit and
ground.
¡ If greater than specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the radio.
6. Reconnect the harness connector at the infrared transmitter, and disconnect the X3 harness connector at
the radio.
7. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for 4-6 mV AC between the remote infra red signal (+) circuit and
ground.
¡ If less than specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If
the circuit tests normal, replace the infrared transmitter.
¡ If greater than specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the infrared transmitter.
8. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for 4-6 mV AC between the remote infra red signal (-) circuit and
ground.
¡ If less than specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If
the circuit tests normal, replace the infrared transmitter.
¡ If greater than specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests
normal, replace the infrared transmitter.
9. Ignition ON, DVD playing, press any button on the remote control aimed at the infrared transmitter and
test for 300-330 MHz between the remote infra red signal (+) circuit and ground.
¡ If not within the specified range, replace the remote control.

10. If all circuits test normal, replace the radio.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Audio System Transceiver Module Replacement


l Control Module References for Radio and RSA replacement, setup, and programming

VIDEO ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM WIRELESS HEADPHONE MALFUNCTION

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Diagnostic Fault Information

Short to Open/High Short to Signal


Circuit Ground Resistance Voltage Performance

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:07 Page 133 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Infra Red Module Control 1 1 - -


Left DVD Audio Signal (+) 2 2 2 -
Right DVD Audio Signal (+) 3 3 3 -
DVD Audio Common Signal (-) 4 4 4 -
Left Infra Red Audio Signal (+) 5 5 5 -
Right Infra Red Audio Signal (+) 6 6 6 -
Infra Red Audio Low Reference (+) 7 7 7 -
Infra Red Module Ground - 1 - -
1. Infra Red Module Inoperative - headphones inoperative.
2. No or distorted left audio when listening to DVD.
3. No or distorted right audio when listening to DVD.
4. No or distorted audio on both channels when listening to DVD.
5. No or distorted left audio when listening to rear seat audio.
6. No or distorted right audio when listening to rear seat audio.
7. No or distorted audio on both channels when listening to rear seat audio.

Circuit Description

The infrared transmitter is grounded and powered by the rear seat audio (RSA) module. When listening to the
headphones, the infrared transmitter sends an infrared signal to the headphones. There are two channels on the
headphones, channel 1 is dedicated to the video screen, and channel 2 is dedicated to the rear seat audio (RSA).
The audio that is sent over the DVD and rear seat audio signal circuits is a varying AC voltage.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Video System Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Video Entertainment System Description and Operation (Non-Headrest DVD Systems), Video
Entertainment System Description and Operation (Dual Headrest DVD Systems)

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:07 Page 134 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

NOTE: Test or replace the headphone batteries before performing the circuit/system
verification.

1. Turn ON the wireless headphones. Verify the power indicator lamp on the wireless headphone
illuminates.
¡ If the power indicator lamp does not illuminate, replace the wireless headphones.

2. With the Radio ON, RSA ON, and DVD playing, verify all of the headphones are working properly.
¡ If all of the headphones are inoperative, or the sound is distorted, refer to Circuit/System Testing.

¡ If only one of the headphones is not producing sound, or the sound is distorted, replace the
appropriate set of headphones.

Circuit/System Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the infrared transmitter.


2. Test for less than 5.0 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 12 and ground.
¡ If greater than specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.

3. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for B+ between the infra red module control circuit terminal 4 and
ground.
¡ If less than specified value, test the control circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance.
If the circuit tests normal, replace the rear seat audio module.
4. Ignition ON, DVD playing, test for AC voltage between the following signal circuit terminals listed
below and ground.
l Left DVD audio signal (+) - terminal 1

l DVD audio common (-) - terminal 2

l Right DVD audio signal (+) - terminal 3

¡ If AC voltage is not present, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage, short to ground, or an
open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the radio.
5. Ignition ON, RSA ON, test for AC voltage between the following signal circuit terminals listed below
and ground.
l Left infra red audio signal (+) - terminal 9

l Infra red audio low reference (-) - terminal 10

l Right infra red audio signal (+) - terminal 11

¡ If AC voltage is not present, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage, short to ground, or an
open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the RSA.
6. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the infrared transmitter.

Repair Instructions

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:07 Page 135 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

l Control Module References for radio and RSA replacement, setup, and programming
l Audio System Transceiver Module Replacement

ONSTAR VOICE RECOGNITION MALFUNCTION

Diagnostic Instructions

l Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
l Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
l Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Circuit/System Description

The CIM is capable of interpreting voice commands received over the cellular microphone circuits. Speech
recognition allows the user to speak to one computer in the vehicle, and one reached over the cellular
communication network. The module attempts to understand the users command, and responds by speaking
back, or by taking the appropriate action, e.g. dialing the phone.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

OnStar Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

OnStar Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

l Circuit Testing
l Connector Repairs
l Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
l Wiring Repairs

Circuit/System Verification

NOTE: This procedure is not used in Brazil.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:07 Page 136 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

NOTE: l It is necessary to have the vehicle in an open outside area where a cellular
call can be successfully placed and GPS data can be received from
satellites.
l The vehicle should be located in a quiet area.

1. Ignition ON, press OnStar® Call button. Verify that your voice is heard clearly by the OnStar® Call
Center.
¡ If your voice can not be heard clearly, refer to OnStar Microphone Malfunction.

2. Press the OnStar® Call answer button. Attempt to operate the OnStar® system using multiple different
voice commands. Verify the system responds appropriately to all voice commands.
¡ If the OnStar® system does not respond to any voice commands, replace the CIM.

3. If the system is operational, but does not respond appropriately to certain commands refer to OnStar
Description and Operation for tips on proper pronunciation.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Control Module References for CIM replacement, setup, and programming

REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS
MOBILE TELEPHONE MICROPHONE REPLACEMENT

Fig. 22: View Of Mobile Telephone Microphone Assembly, Roof Console Assembly & Components

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:07 Page 137 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement


Callout Component Name
1 Front Overhead Console Lens
Roof Console Screw (Qty: 2)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
2

Tighten
2 N.m (18 lb in)
Roof Console Assembly
3
TIP: Disconnect electrical connectors.
4 Mobile Telephone Microphone Assembly

COMMUNICATION INTERFACE MODULE REPLACEMENT (CADILLAC)

Fig. 23: View Of Communication Interface Module


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Communication Interface Module Replacement (Cadillac)


Callout Component Name

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:07 Page 138 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Preliminary Procedure

1. Remove the instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate. Refer to Instrument Panel Accessory Trim
Plate Replacement (Except Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Replacement
(Cadillac) .
2. Remove the radio. Refer to Radio Replacement (Except Cadillac), Radio Replacement
(Cadillac).
3. Remove the HVAC Control Module. Refer to HVAC Control Module Replacement , or HVAC
Control Module Replacement .
Communication Interface Module

l Push outward on the two tabs to release the communication interface module from
the bracket.
1 l Disconnect the electrical connectors.
l When replacing the communication interface module be sure to transfer Bluetooth
Antenna, if equipped.
l Reprogram the communication interface module after replacement. Refer to Control
Module References .

COMMUNICATION INTERFACE MODULE REPLACEMENT (EXCEPT CADILLAC)

Fig. 24: View Of Communication Interface Module


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:08 Page 139 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Communication Interface Module Replacement (Except Cadillac)


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedures

1. Remove the instrument panel accessory trim plate. Refer to Instrument Panel Accessory Trim
Plate Replacement (Except Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Replacement
(Cadillac) .
2. Remove the HVAC control module. Refer to HVAC Control Module Replacement , or HVAC
Control Module Replacement .
3. Remove the radio. Refer to Radio Replacement (Except Cadillac), Radio Replacement
(Cadillac).
Communication Interface Module

NOTE:
l Remove the two screws retaining the module bracket.
l Push outward on the two tabs to release the communication interface module
from the bracket.
1
l Depress the two metal bracket tabs to allow the module to pass.
l Disconnect the electrical connectors.
l When replacing the communication interface module be sure to transfer
Bluetooth Antenna, if equipped.
l Reprogram the communication interface module after replacement. Refer to
Control Module References .

WIRELESS COMMUNICATION INTERFACE ANTENNA REPLACEMENT

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:08 Page 140 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 25: View Of Wireless Communication Interface Antenna Module


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Wireless Communication Interface Antenna Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the communication interface module. Refer to Communication Interface Module
Replacement (Cadillac), Communication Interface Module Replacement (Except Cadillac)
Wireless Communication Interface Antenna Bluetooth Module
1 Procedure
Unsnap the Antenna from Communication Module.

RADIO REPLACEMENT (EXCEPT CADILLAC)

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:08 Page 141 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 26: View Of Radio Assembly & Screws


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Radio Replacement (Except Cadillac)


Callout Component Name
NOTE:
Use a scan tool to retrieve the radio part number before removing the radio from the vehicle.

Preliminary Procedures

1. Remove the accessory switch assembly. Refer to Accessory Switch Replacement (Cadillac) ,
Accessory Switch Replacement (Except Cadillac) .
2. Remove the HVAC control module. Refer to HVAC Control Module Replacement , or HVAC
Control Module Replacement .
Radio Screw (Qty: 4)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
2 N.m (18 lb in)
Radio Assembly
2
l Disconnect the electrical connector.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:08 Page 142 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Disconnect the antenna cable.


l Reprogram the radio after replacement. Refer to Control Module References .

RADIO REPLACEMENT (CADILLAC)

Fig. 27: Radio (Cadillac)


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Radio Replacement (Cadillac)


Callout Component Name
NOTE:
Use a scan tool to retrieve the radio part number before removing the radio from the vehicle.

Preliminary Procedure Remove the instrument panel accessory trim plate. Refer to Instrument Panel
Accessory Trim Plate Replacement (Except Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate
Replacement (Cadillac) .
Radio Screw (Qty: 6)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
2 N.m (18 lb in)

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:08 Page 143 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Radio Assembly

l Disconnect the 4 electrical connectors.


2 l Disconnect the antenna cable.
l Transfer components, as necessary.
l Reprogram the radio after replacement. Refer to Control Module References .

DIGITAL RADIO RECEIVER REPLACEMENT

Fig. 28: View Of Digital Radio Receiver


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Digital Radio Receiver Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the right instrument panel insulator. Refer to Instrument Panel Insulator Replacement
(Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Insulator Replacement (Except Cadillac) .
Digital Radio Receiver

1 1. Disconnect the electrical connectors.


2. Push in on the 2 tabs and pull down to remove the receiver.
3. Perform the Digital Radio Receiver Setup. Refer to Control Module References .

RADIO VOLUME COMPENSATOR INTERIOR NOISE MICROPHONE REPLACEMENT (FLOOR

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:08 Page 144 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

CONSOLE EXCEPT CADILLAC)

Fig. 29: Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone Replacement (Floor Console Except Cadillac)
Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the Front Floor Console Compartment. Refer to Front Floor Console Compartment
Replacement (Except Cadillac)
Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone (Qty: 2)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
2 N.m (18 lb in)
Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone Assembly
2 Procedure
Disconnect electrical connector.

RADIO VOLUME COMPENSATOR INTERIOR NOISE MICROPHONE REPLACEMENT


(HEADLINER)

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:08 Page 145 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 30: Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone Replacement (Headliner)


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Lower the front or rear of the headlining trim panel enough to gain access to the microphone. Refer to
Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/U42 w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(LWB w/CJ2) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/o CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim
Panel Replacement (LWB w/CJ3) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT
w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining Trim
Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/U24 w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel
Replacement (LWB w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade
EXT w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CJ3) ,
Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(SWB w/U42 w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining
Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CJ3) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche w/CJ2
w/o CF5 and U42)

Radio Volume Noise Compensator Interior Noise Microphone (Qty: 3)

1. Disconnect the electrical connector.


1 2. Note the foam position around the front of the microphone and the center foam plug
over the top of the microphone to ensure proper installation.
3. Remove the foam plug from the top of the microphone and large foam patch from
around the microphone.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:08 Page 146 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

4. Unsnap the microphone from the grille assembly bracket.

RADIO VOLUME COMPENSATOR INTERIOR NOISE MICROPHONE REPLACEMENT (FLOOR


CONSOLE CADILLAC)

Fig. 31: Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone (Floor Console Cadillac)
Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone Replacement (Floor Console Cadillac)
Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the Front Floor Console side trim panel - left side. Refer to Front Floor Console Side Trim
Front Panel Replacement - Left Side (Cadillac)
Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone (Qty: 2)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
2 N.m (18 lb in)
Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone Assembly
2 Procedure
Disconnect electrical connector.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:08 Page 147 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

RADIO SPEAKER AMPLIFIER REPLACEMENT (EXCEPT CADILLAC)

Fig. 32: View Of Radio Speaker Amplifier Assembly & Components


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Radio Speaker Amplifier Replacement (Except Cadillac)


Callout Component Name
Front Floor Console Screw (Qty: 8)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
9 N.m (80 lb in)
Front Floor Console Assembly
2 Refer to Front Floor Console Replacement (Except Cadillac) , Front Floor Console
Replacement (Cadillac) .
Front Floor Console Bracket Screw (Qty: 4)
3 Tighten
9 N.m (80 lb in)
4 Front Floor Console Bracket
Amplifier Screw (Qty: 3)
5 Tighten
9 N.m (80 lb in)

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:08 Page 148 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Radio Speaker Amplifier Assembly


6 l Disconnect the electrical connectors.
l Program the amplifier, if applicable. Refer to Control Module References .

RADIO SPEAKER AMPLIFIER REPLACEMENT (CADILLAC)

Fig. 33: View Of Radio Speaker Amplifier Assembly & Components


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Radio Speaker Amplifier Replacement (Cadillac)


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedures

1. Remove the floor console bezel. Refer to Floor Console Bezel Replacement (Except Cadillac) ,
Floor Console Bezel Replacement (Cadillac) .
2. Remove the front floor console side trim front panel - Left. Refer to Front Floor Console Side
Trim Front Panel Replacement - Left Side (Cadillac) .
3. Remove the front floor console side trim front panel - Right. Refer to Front Floor Console Side
Trim Front Panel Replacement - Right Side (Cadillac) .
Front Floor Console Bolt (Qty: 2)
1
CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:08 Page 149 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Tighten
2 N.m (18 lb in)
Front Floor Console Rear Screw (Qty: 2)
TIP: Open the rear cupholder to access the screws.
2
Tighten
2 N.m (18 lb in)
Front Floor Console Lower Screw (Qty: 4)

Procedure

1. Move the seats forward or rearward to access the screws as needed.


3
2. Rotate the upper portion of the console assembly rearward to access the amplifier.

Tighten
9 N.m (80 lb in)
Amplifier Screw (Qty: 4)
4 Tighten
9 N.m (80 lb in)
Radio Speaker Amplifier Assembly

Procedure
5
1. Disconnect the electrical connectors.
2. For programming and set up, refer to Control Module References .

NAVIGATION MAP INTERFACE MODULE RECEPTACLE OPENING COVER REPLACEMENT


(CADILLAC)

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:08 Page 150 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 34: Navigation Map Interface Module Receptacle Opening Cover


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Navigation Map Interface Module Receptacle Opening Cover Replacement (Cadillac)


Callout Component Name
Navigation Map Interface Module Receptacle Opening Cover
Procedure
1
With the appropriate trim tool, insert the tool only on the left and right sides of the cover to
gently remove.

AUDIO/VIDEO INTERFACE MODULE REPLACEMENT (AYE)

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:09 Page 151 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 35: Audio/Video Interface Module (AYE)


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Audio/Video Interface Module Replacement (AYE)


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the front floor console side trim - left side. Refer to Front Floor Console Side Trim Front
Panel Replacement - Left Side (Cadillac) .
Audio Video Interface Module

Procedure
1
1. Remove the foam tape covering the module.
2. Disconnect the electrical connectors.
3. Remove the module from the hook and loop fastener on the console.

CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS/DIGITAL RADIO ANTENNA REPLACEMENT

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:09 Page 152 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 36: View Of Mobile Telephone & Navigation Antenna Assembly & Bolt
Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Cellular Communications/Digital Radio Antenna Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Lower the front of the headliner. Refer to Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/U42 w/o
CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CJ2) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(SWB w/o CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CJ3) , Headlining Trim
Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining Trim Panel
Replacement (SWB w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade
EXT w/U24 w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining
Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel
Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CJ3) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (SWB
w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/U42 w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim
Panel Replacement (LWB w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CJ3) ,
Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche w/CJ2 w/o CF5 and U42) .
Mobile Telephone Antenna Bolt

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
9 N.m (80 lb in)
Mobile Telephone and Navigation Antenna Assembly

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:09 Page 153 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

2 TIP: Disconnect the antenna cable.

RADIO ANTENNA BASE REPLACEMENT

Fig. 37: View Of Radio Antenna Assembly & Components


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Radio Antenna Base Replacement


Callout Component Name

Preliminary Procedures

1. Remove the battery. Refer to Battery Replacement .


2. Remove the instrument panel (I/P) upper trim pad. Refer to Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel
with Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Upper
Trim Panel with Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Except Cadillac) .
3. Disconnect the upper intermediate steering shaft. Refer to Upper Intermediate Steering Shaft
Replacement .
4. Remove the 4 I/P bolts to body bolts.
5. Disconnect the 5 electrical connections on the passenger side.
6. Pull the passenger side of the I/P back approximately 760 mm (2.5 ft) pivoting on the drivers side.
Set on floor or seat.
7. Remove the 2 screws from the HVAC recirculation door and push door towards the center of the
vehicle. Refer to Air Inlet Assembly Replacement .
8. Disconnect the coaxial cable at the junction.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:09 Page 154 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

9. Insert a shim between the HVAC and side metal approximately 38 mm (1.5 in).
10. Tape pull wire to the coaxial cable.
Radio Antenna Mast

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
6 N.m (53 lb in)
2 Air Inlet Grille Outer Cover
Radio Antenna Assembly Screw (Qty: 3)
3 Tighten
5 N.m (44 lb in)
Radio Antenna Assembly

1. Remove the cable grommet from the body using the screwdriver from top down.
2. Tie a long wire to the antenna cable to aid in installation of new antenna. Use a
4 screwdriver to guide the cable from the inside.
3. Tape a long pull wire to the antenna cable to aid in installation of the new antenna.
Use the screwdriver to guide the wire from the inside.
4. Lubricate the grommet to aid in installation.

RADIO ANTENNA REPLACEMENT

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:09 Page 155 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 38: Radio Antenna


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Radio Antenna Replacement


Callout Component Name
Radio Antenna

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
6 N.m (53 lb in)

RADIO ANTENNA MODULE REPLACEMENT (9R199537 AND EARLIER)

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:09 Page 156 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 39: View Of Radio Antenna Module & Components


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Radio Antenna Module Replacement (9R199537 and Earlier)


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure

1. Remove the right lock pillar garnish molding. Refer to Body Lock Pillar Garnish Molding
Replacement (Standard Wheelbase) , Body Lock Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement
(Avalanche/Escalade EXT) , Body Lock Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement (Extended
Wheelbase) .
2. Remove the screw from the HVAC duct and reposition the duct away from the module to allow
access.
3. Remove the right rear quarter trim panel. Refer to Rear Quarter Trim Panel Replacement -
Right Side (Extended Wheelbase) , Rear Quarter Trim Panel Replacement - Right Side
(Standard Wheelbase) .
Radio Antenna Module Bolt

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
9 N.m (80 lb in)

Radio Antenna Ground Strap Screw

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:09 Page 157 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Tighten
2
2 N.m (18 lb in)
Radio Antenna Module

l Slide the module up to release module retainers from the key slot.
l Disconnect the electrical connectors.
3
l Disconnect the antenna leads to the window.
l Use a small flat-bladed screw driver or pick tool to release the plastic retaining tab
tongue on cable. The retaining clip is not removable after glass installation, caution
must be used to ensure it is not broken.

RADIO ANTENNA MODULE REPLACEMENT (9R199538 AND LATER)

Removal Procedure

1. Remove the right lock pillar garnish molding. Refer to Body Lock Pillar Garnish Molding
Replacement (Standard Wheelbase) , Body Lock Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement
(Avalanche/Escalade EXT) , Body Lock Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement (Extended
Wheelbase) .
2. Remove the screw from the HVAC duct and reposition the duct away from the module to allow access.
3. Remove the right rear quarter trim panel. Refer to Rear Quarter Trim Panel Replacement - Right Side
(Extended Wheelbase) , Rear Quarter Trim Panel Replacement - Right Side (Standard Wheelbase)
4. Disconnect the power connector (4).
5. Disconnect the coax cable from the module (3).

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:09 Page 158 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 40: Radio Antenna Module


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

6. Remove the radio antenna bolt (1).

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:22 Page 159 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Use a wrench to loosen the bolt and unscrew by hand, being careful to avoid touching the glass.
l

l Damage to the lines on the glass will cause signal issues.

7. Remove the radio antenna module (2).


l Disconnect the antenna lead to the window.

l Slide the module up to release module retainers from key slot.

Installation Procedure

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:23 Page 160 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 41: Radio Antenna Module


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

NOTE: Cut thread on the new radio antenna module and drive the bolt through the

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:23 Page 161 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

nut twice to ensure that the bolt can be installed by hand. Do not drive the
bolt more than twice to avoid stripping the threads.

1. Install the radio antenna module (2).


2. Install the bolt (1) from the back side of the sheet metal of the rear quarter, and tighten to 10Y (89 lb in).
Once the bolt touches the sheet metal, use a wrench to make sure the back side of the bolt head cuts
through the paint.
3. Connect the antenna lead to the window.
4. Connect the coax cable (3) and the power connector (4).
5. Install the right rear quarter trim panel. Refer to Rear Quarter Trim Panel Replacement - Right Side
(Extended Wheelbase) , Rear Quarter Trim Panel Replacement - Right Side (Standard Wheelbase)
6. Install the screw from the HVAC duct.
7. Install the right lock pillar garnish molding. Refer to Body Lock Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement
(Standard Wheelbase) , Body Lock Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade
EXT) , Body Lock Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement (Extended Wheelbase) .

ELECTRONIC NAVIGATION ANTENNA REPLACEMENT

Fig. 42: View Of Radio Antenna Module Assembly


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Electronic Navigation Antenna Replacement


Callout Component Name

Preliminary Procedure

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:23 Page 162 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

1. Remove the instrument panel upper trim pad. Refer to Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel with
Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Upper Trim
Panel with Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Except Cadillac) .
2. Remove the radio. Refer to Radio Replacement (Except Cadillac), Radio Replacement
(Cadillac).
3. Remove the instrument panel center trim panel. Refer to Instrument Panel Center Trim Panel
Replacement (Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Center Trim Panel Replacement (Except
Cadillac) .
Radio Antenna Module Assembly
1 l Disconnect the antenna module from the radio.
l Disconnect the extension cable from the center HVAC duct.

DIGITAL RADIO ANTENNA CABLE REPLACEMENT

Fig. 43: View Of Digital Radio Coaxial Cable


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Digital Radio Antenna Cable Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure

1. Lower the front of the headliner. Refer to Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/U42
w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CJ2) , Headlining Trim Panel
Replacement (SWB w/o CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CJ3) ,

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:23 Page 163 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining
Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/U24 w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB
w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CF5 and
U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CJ3) , Headlining
Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(SWB w/U42 w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CF5 w/o U42) ,
Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CJ3) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(Avalanche w/CJ2 w/o CF5 and U42) .
2. Remove the upper instrument panel (I/P) defroster grille. Refer to Instrument Panel Upper Trim
Panel with Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Cadillac) , Instrument Panel
Upper Trim Panel with Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Except Cadillac) .
3. Remove the right I/P side cover. Refer to cell Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement
(Except Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement (Cadillac) .
4. Lower the I/P compartment door. Refer to Instrument Panel Compartment Door Replacement
(Except Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Compartment Door Replacement (Cadillac) .
Digital Radio Coaxial Cable

1. If the digital antenna cable is taped in the roof wiring harness then just cut the ends
1 off at the digital receiver and the antenna connection and route the new harness next
to the old and use tie straps as needed to secure routing.
2. If needed use a piece of mechanics wire or suitable equivalent to route new cable
through windshield pillar and I/P area.

ANTENNA CABLE REPLACEMENT (W/O FIXED ANTENNA)

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:23 Page 164 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 44: View Of Radio Antenna Cable


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Antenna Cable Replacement (W/O Fixed Antenna)


Callout Component Name

Preliminary Procedure

1. Remove the right windshield pillar molding. Refer to Windshield Pillar Garnish Molding
Replacement .
2. Remove the instrument panel upper trim pad. Refer to Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel with
Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Upper Trim
Panel with Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Except Cadillac) .
3. Remove the right lock pillar garnish molding. Refer to Body Lock Pillar Garnish Molding
Replacement (Standard Wheelbase) , Body Lock Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement
(Avalanche/Escalade EXT) , Body Lock Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement (Extended
Wheelbase) .
4. Remove the screw from the HVAC duct and reposition the duct away from the antenna module to
allow access.
5. Remove the right rear quarter trim panel. Refer to Rear Quarter Trim Panel Replacement -
Right Side (Extended Wheelbase) , Rear Quarter Trim Panel Replacement - Right Side
(Standard Wheelbase) .
6. Lower the headliner. Refer to Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/U42 w/o CF5) ,
Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CJ2) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(SWB w/o CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CJ3) , Headlining

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:23 Page 165 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining Trim Panel
Replacement (SWB w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/U24 w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB
w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CF5 and
U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CJ3) , Headlining
Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(SWB w/U42 w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CF5 w/o U42) ,
Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CJ3) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(Avalanche w/CJ2 w/o CF5 and U42) .
Radio Antenna Cable

1. Disconnect the antenna cable from the extension cable located on the top of the
1 instrument panel on the right side.
2. Disconnect the antenna cable from the antenna module.
3. Note the routing of the antenna cable on the headliner for aid in installation.
4. Remove the antenna cable from the headliner.

RADIO ANTENNA CABLE EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT (AVALANCHE/ESCALADE


EXT)

Fig. 45: View Of Radio Antenna Extension Cable Assembly


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Radio Antenna Cable Extension Cable Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)


Callout Component Name

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:23 Page 166 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Preliminary Procedure

1. Remove the instrument panel upper trim pad. Refer to Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel with
Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Upper Trim
Panel with Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Except Cadillac) .
2. Remove the radio. Refer to Radio Replacement (Except Cadillac), Radio Replacement
(Cadillac).
3. Remove the instrument panel center trim panel. Refer to Instrument Panel Center Trim Panel
Replacement (Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Center Trim Panel Replacement (Except
Cadillac) .
Radio Antenna Extension Cable Assembly

1 l Disconnect the extension cable from the antenna.


l Disconnect the extension cable from the radio.
l Disconnect the extension cable from the center HVAC duct.

MOBILE TELEPHONE AND NAVIGATION ANTENNA COAXIAL CABLE REPLACEMENT

Fig. 46: View Of Navigation/Cellular Coaxial Cable


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Mobile Telephone and Navigation Antenna Coaxial Cable Replacement


Callout Component Name

Preliminary Procedure

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:23 Page 167 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

1. Lower the front of the headliner. Refer to Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/U42
w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CJ2) , Headlining Trim Panel
Replacement (SWB w/o CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CJ3) ,
Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining
Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/U24 w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB
w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CF5 and
U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CJ3) , Headlining
Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(SWB w/U42 w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CF5 w/o U42) ,
Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CJ3) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(Avalanche w/CJ2 w/o CF5 and U42) .
2. Remove the upper instrument panel (I/P) defroster grille. Refer to Instrument Panel Upper Trim
Panel with Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Cadillac) , Instrument Panel
Upper Trim Panel with Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Except Cadillac) .
3. Remove the instrument panel compartment door. Refer to Instrument Panel Compartment Door
Replacement (Except Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Compartment Door Replacement
(Cadillac) .
4. Remove the interface communication module. Refer to Communication Interface Module
Replacement (Cadillac), Communication Interface Module Replacement (Except Cadillac).
Navigation/Cellular Coaxial Cable

1. If the coaxial antenna cable is taped in the wiring harness then just cut the ends off at
1 the interface communication module and the antenna connection and route the new
harness next to the old and use tie straps as needed to secure routing.
2. If needed use a piece of mechanics wire or suitable equivalent to route new cable
through windshield pillar and I/P area.

AUDIO SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER MODULE REPLACEMENT

Fig. 47: View Of Audio System Transceiver Module (U42)


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:23 Page 168 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Audio System Transceiver Module Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the video display assembly. Refer to Video Display Replacement (Second Row), Video
Display Replacement (Third Row).
Roof Console Assembly
1 Refer to Roof Rear Console Replacement (with DVD) , Roof Rear Console
Replacement (w/o DVD) .
Audio System Transceiver Module Assembly

1. Disconnect the electrical connector.


2
2. Use a flat bladed tool to release the tabs that secure the module to the roof console on
each side of the module.
3. Slide forward and up to release from the roof console.

VIDEO DISPLAY REPLACEMENT (SECOND ROW)

Fig. 48: View Of Video Display & Screws (U42)


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Video Display Replacement (Second Row)


Callout Component Name
Video Display Assembly Screw (Qty: 4)

CAUTION:

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:23 Page 169 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Refer to Fastener Caution .

TIP: Make sure that all 4 washers on the 4 mounting screws are accounted for. If any
1 washers are off the screw and loose, discard to prevent a rattle. The washers were required
only for assembly plant installation, and can be used if still on the screw or they can be
discarded.
Tighten
2 N.m (18 lb in)
Video Display Assembly
2 1. Pull down to disengage the retainer clip and remove from the vehicle.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector.

VIDEO DISPLAY REPLACEMENT (THIRD ROW)

Fig. 49: View Of Video Display Assembly & Screws


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Video Display Replacement (Third Row)


Callout Component Name
Video Display Assembly Screw (Qty: 4)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:24 Page 170 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Tighten
2 N.m (18 lb in)
1 TIP: Make sure that all 4 washers on the 4 mounting screws are accounted for. If any
washers are off the screw and loose, discard to prevent a rattle. The washers were required
only for assembly plant installation, and can be used if still on the screw or they can be
discarded.
Video Display Assembly
2 1. Pull down to disengage the retainer clip and remove from the vehicle.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector.

REAR SEAT AUDIO CONTROL REPLACEMENT

Fig. 50: View Of Rear Radio Control Assembly & Screws


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Rear Seat Audio Control Replacement


Callout Component Name
Front Floor Console Compartment Bezel Assembly
1 Refer to Front Floor Console Compartment Bezel Replacement (Except Cadillac) ,
Front Floor Console Compartment Bezel Replacement (Cadillac) .
Rear Radio Control Assembly Screw (Qty: 4)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
2

TIP: Tighten the fasteners equally to ensure the control assembly seats evenly.
Tighten
1.5 N.m (13 lb in)
Rear Radio Control Assembly

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:24 Page 171 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Procedure
3
Disconnect the electrical connectors from the rear radio control assembly.

AUDIO/VIDEO DISC PLAYER ADAPTER REPLACEMENT (CADILLAC)

Fig. 51: View Of Audio/Video Disc Player Adapter Assembly


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Audio/Video Disc Player Adapter Replacement (Cadillac)


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the front floor console compartment bezel. Refer to Front Floor Console Compartment Bezel
Replacement (Except Cadillac) , Front Floor Console Compartment Bezel Replacement (Cadillac) .
Audio/Video Disc Player Adapter Assembly
1
TIP: Depress the four tabs and remove from the bezel.

AUDIO/VIDEO DISC PLAYER ADAPTER REPLACEMENT (EXCEPT CADILLAC)

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:24 Page 172 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 52: View Of Audio/Video Disc Player Adapter Assembly & Screws
Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Audio/Video Disc Player Adapter Replacement (Except Cadillac)


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the front floor console compartment bezel. Refer to Front Floor Console Compartment Bezel
Replacement (Except Cadillac) , Front Floor Console Compartment Bezel Replacement (Cadillac) .
Audio/Video Disc Player Adapter Assembly Screw (Qty: 2)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
2 N.m (18 lb in)
2 Audio/Video Disc Player Adapter Assembly

RADIO FRONT SPEAKER GRILLE REPLACEMENT

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:24 Page 173 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 53: View Of Front Speaker Grille & Retainer Clips


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Radio Front Speaker Grille Replacement


Callout Component Name
1 Front Speaker Grille
2 Front Speaker Grille Retainer Clip (Qty: 4)

RADIO FRONT SPEAKER REPLACEMENT

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:24 Page 174 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 54: View Of Front Speaker Assembly & Screws


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Radio Front Speaker Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the front speaker grille. Refer to Radio Front Speaker Grille Replacement.
Front Speaker Screw (Qty: 2)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
6 N.m (53 lb in)
Front Speaker Assembly
2
TIP: Disconnect the electrical connector.

FRONT UPPER SPEAKER REPLACEMENT

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:24 Page 175 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 55: View Of Radio Windshield Side Garnish Molding Speaker Assembly & Grille
Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Front Upper Speaker Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the windshield pillar garnish molding. Refer to Windshield Pillar Garnish Molding
Replacement .
Speaker Assembly, Radio Windshield Side Garnish Molding
1
TIP: Press in the tabs on the speaker to release from the windshield pillar.
Speaker Grille, Radio Windshield Side Garnish Molding
2
TIP: Press in on the tabs of the speaker grille to release from the windshield pillar.

USB RECEPTACLE REPLACEMENT (CADILLAC)

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:24 Page 176 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 56: USB Electrical Receptacle


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

USB Receptacle Replacement (Cadillac)


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the rear seat audio control. Refer to Rear Seat Audio Control Replacement
USB Receptacle

1 1. Open the glove box.


2. Release snap fit lock and push forward.
3. Disconnect the electrical connector.

USB RECEPTACLE REPLACEMENT (WITH SLT)

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:24 Page 177 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 57: USB Receptacle (With SLT)


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

USB Receptacle Replacement (With SLT)


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the rear seat audio control. Refer to Rear Seat Audio Control Replacement
USB Receptacle

1 1. Open the glove box.


2. Release snap fit lock and push forward.
3. Disconnect the electrical connector.

USB RECEPTACLE REPLACEMENT (WITHOUT SLT)

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:24 Page 178 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 58: USB Receptacle (Without SLT)


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

USB Receptacle Replacement (Without SLT)


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the instrument panel accessory trim plate. Refer to Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate
Replacement (Except Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Replacement (Cadillac)
USB Receptacle

Procedure
1
1. Disconnect the electrical connector.
2. Release the tabs and gently remove the receptacle by pushing forward from the trim
plate.

RADIO FRONT SIDE DOOR SPEAKER REPLACEMENT

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:24 Page 179 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 59: View Of Front Door Speaker & Screws


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Radio Front Side Door Speaker Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the front door inner trim panel. Refer to Front Side Door Trim Panel Replacement .
Front Door Speaker Screw

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
3 N.m (25 lb in)
TIP: Disconnect the electrical connectors.
2 Front Door Speaker

RADIO FRONT FLOOR CONSOLE SPEAKER REPLACEMENT

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:24 Page 180 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 60: View Of Front Floor Console Speaker Assembly & Nuts
Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Radio Front Floor Console Speaker Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the front floor console assembly. Refer to Front Floor Console Replacement (Except
Cadillac) , Front Floor Console Replacement (Cadillac) .
Speaker Assembly Nut (Qty: 3)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
9 N.m (80 lb in)
Front Floor Console Speaker Assembly
2
TIP: Disconnect the electrical connectors.

RADIO REAR SIDE DOOR SPEAKER REPLACEMENT

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:24 Page 181 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 61: View Of Rear Door Speaker & Screw


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Radio Rear Side Door Speaker Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the rear door inner trim panel. Refer to Rear Side Door Trim Panel Replacement (Extended
Wheelbase) , Rear Side Door Trim Panel Replacement (Standard Wheelbase) .
Rear Door Speaker Screw

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
3 N.m (25 lb in)
TIP: Disconnect the electrical connectors.
2 Rear Door Speaker

REAR PILLAR SPEAKER REPLACEMENT

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:25 Page 182 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Fig. 62: View Of Radio Rear Speaker Assembly & Screw


Courtesy of GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

Rear Pillar Speaker Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the rear corner garnish molding. Refer to Body Rear Corner Garnish Molding Replacement -
Right Side , or Body Rear Corner Garnish Molding Replacement - Left Side (With E61) , Body
Rear Corner Garnish Molding Replacement - Left Side (Without E61) .
Radio Rear Speaker Assembly Screw

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
3 N.m (25 lb in)
2 Radio Rear Speaker Assembly

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION


NAVIGATION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

Each item in the list below represents topics covered in detail below.

l Audio System Description


l Navigation System Components
l Navigation Radio
l Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna
l Route Guidance
l Auxiliary RCA Video Jacks (If Equipped)

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:25 Page 183 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Map Data
l Voice Recognition
l Points of Interest

Audio System Description

The Navigation radio operates similar to a traditional radio. For information on the audio description and
operation, refer to Radio/Audio System Description and Operation.

Navigation System Components

The navigation system contains the following components:

l Navigation Radio
l GPS Antenna
l Auxiliary RCA Video Jacks (If Equipped)
l Map Data

Navigation Radio

This component acts as the operator interface for the navigation system, provides the data input from the
operator to the navigation system and provides navigation information to the operator via the display screen.
The navigation radio is located in the center of the instrument panel. The navigation radio provides the
following:

l A display screen-All navigation, audio and TV functions are displayed on this screen.
l Soft key buttons on the display to allow selection from menus and to operate the navigation system and
the audio system
l The navigation system map with routing information displayed on the navigation radio screen
l Provides verbal guidance to the operator
l Connection to the GPS antenna, which provides the vehicle position information

Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna

The GPS antenna is located in the upper center of the I/P. The GPS antenna is powered through the same
coaxial cable used to send the signals to the NAV radio. Interference to the system may occur if any of the
following exist:

l Signals are obstructed by objects such as, tall buildings or trees.


l Metallic objects located on the dashboard
l Aftermarket glass tinting has been applied to the vehicles windshield.

Route Guidance

The map will display the route to the selected destination. Voice prompts alert the operator of upcoming events,

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:25 Page 184 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

turns and arrivals at the destination. The navigation system will automatically recalculate if the route is not
followed. The navigation radio uses data received from the GPS satellites as well as the vehicle speed signal to
accurately display the current position of the vehicle. The map data must be in the NAV radio for route
guidance.

Auxiliary RCA Video Jacks (If Equipped)

The auxiliary RCA video jacks are used to attach a remote video device. These connections may be used to
provide audio and video input from a remote device such as a video game console or camera to the rear seat
entertainment system.

Map Data

This component provides the map information for navigation and route guidance. This data is stored on
different media formats depending on the navigation radio. The possible formats are:

l DVD/CD
l HDD (Hard Drive)
l SD Card
l Compact Flash

Voice Recognition

The Navigation System voice recognition allows for hands-free operation of navigation and audio system
features. The voice recognition can be used when the ignition is in accessory or ON, or when retained accessory
power (RAP) is active. This feature only works if the map data is in place and the AGREE button has been
pressed. For a complete list of available commands, refer to the Owners Manual Navigation Supplement and/or
Personalization in the Owners manual.

Points of Interest

Points of interests (POI) are locations that are frequently visited. Points of interest can be can be displayed on
the map or set as a destination. The following are some of the available POI:

l Gas Station
l Restaurant
l College
l Police Station

ONSTAR DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

This OnStar® system consists of the following components:

l Vehicle Communication interface Module


l OnStar® button assembly
l Microphone

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:25 Page 185 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Cellular antenna
l Navigation antenna
l Bluetooth ® antenna (If Equipped)
l Back Up Battery (If Equipped)

This system also interfaces with the factory installed vehicle audio system.

Vehicle Communication Interface Module

The vehicle communication interface module is a cellular device that allows the user to communicate data and
voice signals over the national cellular network. Power is provided by a dedicated, fused B+ circuit. Ground is
provided through the vehicle wiring harness attached to the module. The ignition state is determined by the
vehicle communication interface module through serial data messaging.

Dedicated circuits are used to connect the vehicle communication interface module to a microphone, the button
assembly, and to command the status LED. The vehicle communication interface module communicates with
the rest of the vehicle over the serial data bus.

The module houses 2 technology systems, one to process GPS data, and another for cellular information. The
cellular system connects the OnStar® system to the cellular carrier's communication system by interacting with
the national cellular infrastructure. The module sends and receives all cellular communications over the cellular
antenna and cellular antenna coax. GPS satellites orbiting earth are constantly transmitting signals of their
current location. The OnStar® system uses the GPS signals to provide location on demand.

The module also has the capability of activating the horn, initiating door lock/unlock, slowing down stolen
vehicle gradually, or activating the exterior lamps using the serial data circuits. These functions can be
commanded by the OnStar® Call Center per a customer request.

OnStar® Button Assembly

The OnStar® button assembly may be part of the rearview mirror, or a separate, stand alone unit. The button
assembly is comprised of 3 buttons and a status LED. The buttons are defined as follows:

l The answer/end call button, which is black with a white phone icon, allows the user to answer and end
calls or initiate speech recognition.
l The blue OnStar® call center button, which displays the OnStar® logo, allows the user to connect to the
OnStar® call center.
l The emergency button, which displays a white cross with a red background, sends a high priority
emergency call to the OnStar® call center when pressed.

The vehicle communication interface module supplies 10 volts to the OnStar® button assembly on the keypad
supply voltage circuit. When pressed, each button completes a circuit across a resistor allowing a specific
voltage to be returned to the vehicle communication interface module on the keypad signal circuit. Depending
upon the voltage range returned the vehicle communication interface module is able to identify which button
has been pressed.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:25 Page 186 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

The OnStar® status LED is located with the button assembly. The LED is green when the system is ON and
operating normally. When the status LED is green and flashing, it is an indication that a call is in progress.
When the LED is red, this indicates a system malfunction is present. In the event there is a system malfunction
and the OnStar® system is still able to make a call, the LED will flash red during the call.

If the LED does not illuminate, this may indicate that the customers OnStar® subscription is not active or has
expired. Push the blue OnStar button to connect to an advisor who can then verify the account status.

Each LED is controlled by the vehicle communication interface module over dedicated LED signal circuits.
Ground for the LED is provided by the wiring harness attached to the button assembly.

Secondary OnStar® Controls

Some vehicles may have an additional button that when pushed can engage the OnStar® system. The button
may be a symbol of a face with sound waves, or may say MUTE, or be a symbol of a radio speaker with a slash
through it.

By engaging the OnStar® system with this feature, the user can interact with the system by use of voice
commands. A complete list of these commands is supplied in the information provided to the customer. If the
information is not available for reference, at any command prompt the user can say "HELP" and the vehicle
communication interface module will return an audible list of available commands.

OnStar® Microphone

The OnStar®, or cellular phone microphone, can be a part of the rearview mirror assembly, or on some vehicle
lines, a separate, stand alone unit. In either case, the vehicle communication interface module supplies
approximately 10 V to the microphone on the cellular phone microphone signal circuit, and voice data from the
user is sent back to the vehicle communication interface module over the same circuit. A cellular phone
microphone low reference circuit or a drain wire provides a ground for the microphone.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

This vehicle will be equipped with one of the following types of antennas:

l Separate, standalone cellular and navigation antennas


l A combination cellular and navigation antenna, which brings the functions of both into a single part
l A cellular, GPS, and digital radio receiver antenna, which also incorporates the functionality of the digital
radio receiver satellite antenna (XM).
l A cellular, GPS, and digital radio receiver antenna, which also incorporates the AM/FM antenna.

The cellular antenna is the component that allows the OnStar® system to send and receive data over airwaves
by means of cellular technology. The antenna is connected at the base to a coax cable that plugs directly into the
vehicle communication interface module.

The GPS antenna is used to collect the signals of the orbiting GPS satellites. Within the antenna is housed a low
noise amplifier that allows for a more broad and precise reception of this data. The antenna is connected at the
base to a coax cable that plugs directly into the vehicle communication interface module. The cable also

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:25 Page 187 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

provides a path for DC current for powering the antenna.

The OnStar® Call Center also has the capability of communicating with the vehicle during an OnStar® call to
retrieve the latest GPS location and transmit it to the OnStar® Call Center. A history location of the last
recorded position of the vehicle is stored in the module and marked as aged, for as long as the module power is
not removed. Actual GPS location may take up to 10 minutes to register in the event of a loss of power.

OnStar® RemoteLink (If Equipped)

OnStar® RemoteLink is a mobile app to link mobile devices to a vehicle for limited diagnostics and feature
controls. After downloading the app and registering the device, vehicle owners with an eligible vehicle can use
their mobile devices to access real-time data from their vehicle and perform specific commands remotely.

All communication between the app and the vehicle is powered by OnStar's® advanced connected vehicle
technology. An active OnStar® account as well as a valid OnStar® username and password are required to use
the app. The remote commands must be enabled by logging into the user's OnStar® account prior to using the
app.

Vehicle Control Features

l Lock/Unlock doors
l Start vehicle remotely
l Activate your Horn & Lights
l Contact an OnStar Advisor, Roadside Assistance or your Preferred Dealer

Available Vehicle Data:

l Real-time fuel information, including fuel range, fuel remaining, and lifetime MPG
l Lifetime mileage
l Remaining oil life
l Current tire pressure information
l OnStar® account information

Bluetooth ® (If Equipped)

Bluetooth ® wireless technology is a short-range communications technology intended to replace the cables
connecting portable and/or fixed devices while maintaining high levels of security. Only vehicles with steering
wheel controls will have Bluetooth ® functionality. In order to utilize the vehicle Bluetooth ® system, a
Bluetooth ® equipped cellular phone is required.

The Bluetooth ® antenna is internal to the telematics communication interface module and is used to send and
receive signals from a Bluetooth ® enabled cellular phone. The available features and functions are determined
by the software within the device being used and the telematics communication interface module. The operating
range of the signal from the vehicle is approximately 30 feet. Note that the operating range is dependent upon
the cellular phone being used and battery level of the phone.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:25 Page 188 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

With Bluetooth ® technology customers can experience hands-free calling as their Bluetooth ® capable cellular
phones are wirelessly connected to the vehicle. It will allow customers to place and receive calls using the
steering wheel controls and voice recognition. The vehicle audio system will allow you to listen to your call
through the vehicle speakers and adjust volume through steering wheel or radio controls.

Not all Bluetooth ® cellular phones are guaranteed to work with the vehicle's Bluetooth ® system. Based on the
cellular phone's service provider and the manufacturer's implementation of Bluetooth ®, not all phones support
all available Bluetooth ® functionality. Bluetooth ® enabled cellular phones will be tested for vehicle
compatibility and a feature compatibility list will be provided via the GM Bluetooth ® website:
http://www.gm.com/vc/bluetooth/

Bluetooth ® Features Supported

The following is a list of features supported by the Bluetooth ® system. Note that not all devices will support all
of the listed functions.

l Automatic reconnection - highest priority phone will automatically be connected to vehicle when vehicle
ignition is on
l Hands-free dialing- via digits, redial, name tags (phone number saved to a nametag via voice recognition)
l Answering a call
l Ending a call
l Mute a Call
l Rejecting a call - ignore an incoming call
l Call Waiting
l Three-way Calling - initiated from hands-free system
l Send Number During a Call - this is used when calling a menu-driven phone system
l Transfer a Call - transfer call from vehicle to cellular phone and visa versa
l Voice Pass-Thru - allow access to the voice recognition commands on the cellular phone

Pairing a Bluetooth ® Cellular Phone to the Vehicle

In order to use hands-free calling, the cellular phone must be paired to the vehicle. Up to five devices can be
paired to the vehicle at one time, but only one can be connected at any given time. To pair a phone, the
customer must know how to operate the Bluetooth ® functionality of their phone. The pairing process must
only be done one time for each phone, unless that phone's information is deleted. For safety reasons, the pairing
process is disabled while the vehicle is moving.

Once the Bluetooth ® cellular phone has been paired with vehicle, it will automatically connect to the vehicle
when the ignition is on and the device is on. When more than one paired phone is in the vehicle, the phone with
the highest priority will be connected. If the cellular phone is in use while getting into the vehicle, the phone can
be switched to hands-free mode with the press of a button. In addition, a call in progress can be transferred from
the vehicle hands-free mode to the phone to continue the call as the customer exits the vehicle.

Complete pairing instructions are provided in the Vehicle Owners Manual.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:25 Page 189 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Back-up Battery (If Equipped)

NOTE: Do not disconnect the main vehicle battery or remove the telematics
communication interface control module fuse with the ignition key in any
position other than OFF. Disconnecting power to the telematics communication
interface control module in any way while the ignition is ON or with retained
accessory power activated may cause activation of the OnStar® Back-Up
Battery. This action is per design as the back-up battery is designed to provide
power to the vehicle communication interface module so an emergency
notification call can be made after a vehicle collision where the main battery is
disabled. Once the Back-Up Battery is activated it will stay on until it has
completely discharged. The back-up battery is not rechargeable and once
activated the back-up battery must be replaced.

Certain OnStar® equipped vehicles may also be equipped with a back-up battery. The back-up battery is a non-
rechargeable, lithium battery intended to provide an auxiliary power source for the vehicle communication
interface module in the event of a vehicle collision where power from the main vehicle battery is lost.

The back-up battery is intended to have a limited life span of approximately 4 years and is designed to maintain
an open circuit voltage between 16 V and 9 V throughout this period. This allows the battery to power the basic
functions of the vehicle communication interface module for least one 200 second (5 minute) call at the end of
the 4 year span, should a main vehicle battery loss collision occur.

The back-up battery is connected to the vehicle communication interface module through the back-up battery
positive voltage circuit and back-up battery ground circuit and is protected from a short circuit by means of an
internal fuse. In the event the back-up battery positive voltage circuit is shorted to the back-up battery ground
circuit or chassis ground, the fuse will open and render the back-up battery permanently inoperable. The status
of the back-up battery and its associated wiring is monitored by the vehicle communication interface module.

Audio System Interface

When the OnStar® requires audio output, a serial data message is sent to the audio system to mute all radio
functions and transmit OnStar® originated audio. The OnStar® audio is transmitted to the vehicle audio system
by a dedicated signal circuit and a low reference circuit.

The audio system will mute and an audible ring will be heard though the speakers if the vehicle receives a call
with the radio ON.

On some vehicles, the HVAC blower speed may be reduced when the OnStar® system is active to aid in
reducing interior noise. When the system is no longer active, the blower speed will return to its previous setting.

OnStar® Sleep Cycle

The OnStar® system uses a unique sleep cycle to allow the system to receive cellular calls while the ignition is
in the OFF position and retained accessory power mode has ended. This cycle enables the vehicle
communication interface module to perform remote functions, such as door unlock, as commanded over the air
by the OnStar® Call Center, and to continue to maintain an acceptable level of battery electrical drain.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:25 Page 190 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

The OnStar® system uses 4 states of readiness, depending upon the type of cellular market the vehicle is in
when the ignition is put into the OFF state:

l High power
l Low power
l Sleep
l Digital standby

The high power state is in effect whenever the ignition is in the ON or RUN position, or retained accessory
power is enabled, and the OnStar® system is sending or receiving calls or when the system is performing a
remote function.

The low power state is in effect when the OnStar® system is idle with the ignition in the ON or RUN position,
or with retained accessory power enabled.

The sleep state is entered after the vehicle has been shut off and the retained accessory power has timed out
while in an analog cellular area. At a predetermined time recorded within the vehicle communication interface
module, the system re-enters the low power state to listen for a call from the OnStar® Call Center for 1 minute.
After this interval, the system will again return to the sleep state for 9 minutes. If a call is sent during the 1
minute interval, the OnStar® system will receive the call and immediately go into the high power mode to
perform any requested functions. If no call is received during the 1 minute interval, the system will go back into
the sleep mode for another 9 minutes. This process will continue for up to 48 hours, after which the OnStar®
system will turn off until the ignition is turned to the ON or RUN position.

The digital standby power state is entered after the vehicle has been shut off and the retained accessory power
has timed out while in a digital cellular area. When in digital standby mode, the OnStar® module is able to
perform all remote functions as commanded by an OnStar® advisor at any time, for a continuous 48 hours.
After 48 hours, the OnStar® module will go into sleep mode until a wake up signal from the vehicle is seen by
the vehicle communication interface module. If the OnStar module loses the digital cellular signal it will revert
to analog mode and follow the standard sleep state (9 minutes OFF, 1 minute standby) based on the time of the
GPS signals, this will continue until a digital cellular signal is again received.

If the OnStar® system loses battery power while the system is in a standby or sleep mode, the system will
remain OFF until battery power is restored and the ignition is turned to the ON or RUN position.

Features

OnStar® Personal Calling

The hands free, OnStar® personal calling cellular phone feature is an additional feature of the OnStar® system.
This feature is embedded within the vehicle communication interface module; however it must be activated by
an OnStar® advisor. OnStar® personal calling operates similar to most hand held cellular phones in that the
availability for its usage is based on minutes or units. The customer must have a current OnStar® subscription,
as this feature cannot be utilized without it. To use OnStar® personal calling, the customer must also purchase
units (minutes) as outlined in the owners guide provided with the OnStar® system. Units begin to deplete, 1
unit is equal to 1 minute, as the customer makes outbound phone calls, answers inbound phone calls, or while
connected to the OnStar® virtual advisor. In addition, units may also have an expiration date, depending upon

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:25 Page 191 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

the type of units purchased.

Customers have the ability to store telephone numbers within the module, referenced by a nametag for the
convenience of frequently dialed numbers. After storing a nametag, the user can dial this number by initiating
the OnStar® personal calling feature, speaking the word "call," and repeating the nametag assigned.

Customers have the capability to lock their OnStar® personal calling system by pressing the answer/end call
button, speaking "security" and entering a 4-digit code. Once this process is complete, the user must enter the
code before OnStar® personal calling is available. In the event the customer cannot remember their code and is
unable to use their system, they can press the blue OnStar® button and speak to an advisor to unlock the system
by means of a discrete cellular call to the vehicle.

Turn by Turn Navigation

Turn by Turn Navigation allows the driver to contact OnStar® to obtain directions for driving from a current
location to a desired location. The Turn by Turn Navigation system stores your planned route and continually
checks your position along that route, when you deviate from the planned route, the system will recognize this
and prompt the driver with verbal prompts for how to proceed. The driver then responds verbally to direct the
system to continue the current routing or to recalculate the route because of a missed turn. On some vehicles,
the Turn by Turn Navigation instructions may be displayed to the driver in the radio display or the driver
information center.

OnStar® Stolen Vehicle Slowdown (If equipped)

OnStar® Stolen Vehicle Slowdown allows advisors working with law enforcement services to send a signal to
limit fuel flow to the engine, gradually slowing down the stolen vehicle.

Stolen Vehicle Slowdown is an enhancement to OnStar's Stolen vehicle Location Assistance, which uses Global
Positioning Technology to pinpoint the location of a vehicle reported stolen. Stolen Vehicle Slowdown is
powered by OnStar's new generation of hardware (Generation 8).

Advisor Record Feature

The Advisor Record Feature allows the user to store any information given during a call with an OnStar®
Advisor. Recording is activated by pressing the blue OnStar button during a call; pressing the button a second
time stops the recording. The stored information can be played back by pressing the phone button and using the
voice command "Advisor Playback".

Deactivated OnStar® Accounts

In the event a customer has not renewed their OnStar® account after expiration or the account was never
activated, OnStar® will make a discrete cellular call to the vehicle to deactivate the OnStar® system. Before
taking this action, customers are notified that the OnStar® system in their vehicle will be deactivated unless
they elect to renew the account. After the OnStar® account has been deactivated, customers will experience the
following:

l The OnStar® status LED will not illuminate.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:25 Page 192 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l The OnStar® system will NOT attempt to connect to the OnStar® Call Center in the event of a collision
or if the vehicle front air bags deploy for any other reason.
l An emergency button press will play a demo message indicating the service has been deactivated.
l An OnStar® Call Center button press will connect the customer with a dedicated sales team who can sell
an OnStar® subscription and reactivate the vehicle. Depending on the type of OnStar® hardware in the
vehicle, the customer may first hear a demonstration message stating there is no current OnStar®
subscription for the vehicle, and directing the customer what to do to activate services.
l OnStar® personal calling will not be available, as this feature requires the customer to have a current
OnStar® account. Attempts to use this feature may result in cellular connection failure messages and the
inability to connect to the number dialed.

Certain vehicles that have never had an active OnStar® account, or that have been deactivated, may be unable
to establish a connection with the OnStar® Call Center. When normal published diagnostic procedures do not
indicate a possible cause for the no connect concern, the vehicle may have been deactivated. For deactivated
vehicles, a no connect response should be considered normal operation. Further diagnosis and subsequent repair
is only necessary should the customer elect to become an active OnStar® subscriber or renew the account
subscription.

OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations

The proper operation of the OnStar® System is dependent on several elements outside the components
integrated into the vehicle. These include the National Cellular Network Infrastructure, the cellular telephone
carriers within the network, and the GPS.

The cellular operation of the OnStar® system may be inhibited by factors such as the users range from an
analog or digital cellular tower, the state of the cellular carrier's equipment, and the location where the call is
placed. Making an OnStar® key press in areas that lack sufficient cellular coverage or have a temporary
equipment failure will result in either the inability of a call to complete with a data transfer or the complete
inability to connect to the OnStar® Call Center. The OnStar® system may also experience connection issues if
the identification numbers for the module, station identification number, electronic serial number or
manufacturers electronic ID, are not recognized by the cellular carriers local signal receiving towers.

The satellites that orbit earth providing the OnStar system with GPS data have almost no failures associated
with them. In the event of a no GPS concern, the failure will likely lie with the inability of the system to gain
GPS signals because of its location, i.e. in a parking structure, hardware failure, or being mistaken with an
OnStar® call which has reached the Call Center without vehicle data.

During diagnostic testing of the OnStar® system, the technician should ensure the vehicle is located in an area
that has a clear unobstructed view of the open sky, and preferably, an area where analog or digital cellular calls
have been successfully placed. These areas can be found by successfully making an OnStar® keypress in a
known good OnStar® equipped vehicle and confirming success with the OnStar® Call Center advisor. Such
places can be used as a permanent reference for future OnStar® testing.

Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number

The vehicle communication interface module utilizes 2 numbers for cellular device identification, call routing
and connection, a mobile identification number and a mobile directory number. The mobile identification

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:25 Page 193 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

number represents the number used by the cellular carrier for call routing purposes while the mobile directory
number represents the number dialed to reach the cellular device.

Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems

OnStar® users communicate with 2 speech recognition systems. Speech recognition allows the user to speak to
one computer in the vehicle, and one reached over a phone line. The computer tries to understand the users
command, and responds by speaking back, or by taking the appropriate action, e.g. dialing the phone.

l Personal Calling uses a speech recognition system that resides in the vehicle. When the user presses the
phone button, the system states, Ready, and listens for the user command. The user can speak commands
to control the hands-free phone.
l Virtual advisor is a remote speech recognition system that the caller can access by making a phone call.
The user connects to virtual advisor by requesting it during personal calling use. The user is then
transferred to the virtual advisor server and talks to it via a cellular connection.

The OnStar® speech recognition systems use speech technology that is designed to understand a wide range of
American English speakers. Although there is no one right way to speak English, the system will work best
when users try to modify their pronunciation should they encounter difficulty. Users who do not obtain good
results are advised to try the tips and workarounds found in this section.

General Tips for Better Speech Recognition


Concern Tip for Better Result
Noise Noise may confuse the speech recognition system. You usually get better
performance from the system in quieter conditions:

The HVAC fan creates noise. Turn it down or OFF for better speech
l
system performance.
l Driving at high speeds creates louder engine noise and wind noise.
You may get better results at lower speeds.
l An open window or an open sunroof allows more noise to enter the
vehicle. Close all windows for better results.
l Noisy rainstorms can also reduce performance.

l If passengers are talking while you use the speech system, it may be
confused by their speech. You will get better results if all occupants
of the vehicle are quiet while the system is listening for commands.
When to Speak In Personal Calling, the system is only listening after it prompts you to
speak.

l When the system prompts you to speak, you have about 5 seconds to
respond. If the system does not hear a response, it will prompt you
again, or cancel the transaction.
l If you begin to speak too soon, it will tell you "Slower, please." Try
pausing for a half second before speaking.
l In the Virtual Advisor, the system is always listening for commands,

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:25 Page 194 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

even while it is speaking.


How to Speak Speak forcefully, and clearly.

The noisier the environment, the louder you need to speak. If you are
l
in the driver seat, speak facing the front of the car. If you are a
passenger, speak facing the rearview mirror.
l Speak calmly, and naturally. The system may sometimes fail your
repeated attempts to give a command. If your speech is distorted by
shouting or frustration, this may cause more errors.
l People with high-pitched voices may have better results by speaking
in a deeper, lower-pitched voice. However, do not lower the volume
of the voice.
l Avoid speaking with a rising intonation, like asking a question. Use a
flat or falling intonation, like giving an answer.
What to Say Personal Calling: One-word commands

l The Personal Calling system listens for only one word at a time.
There are some exceptions, 2-word phrases that are spoken and
understood as a single word, e.g. "virtual advisor", "voice feedback",
and "my number". You can enter phone numbers only one digit at a
time, and the system repeats each digit as it hears it.
l Say "Help" at the Ready prompt to hear the list of Personal Calling
commands.
l Virtual Advisor can understand sentences with more than one word.
It also expects to hear a 4-digit number all at once when it asks for
your PIN.
l Say, "What are my choices?" to hear a list of commands that the
Virtual Advisor understands.
Entering a phone number If you have trouble getting numbers correctly into the system, store
l
your frequently-called number in the directory, so the system will
remember them. After you have stored a number with a nametag,
then you simply say "call" and the nametag in order to call the
number.
l If the system cannot understand your numbers, ask another person to
help you enter your frequently-called numbers. This person can
speak the numbers, then you can speak the nametag.
Storing or dialing a number When you have finished speaking your phone number, you do not need to
say "store" or "dial" to indicate that you are done. If you pause and say
nothing, the system will ask you if you want to store or dial. Say "yes".
Creating nametags l Short nametags that are similar may be easily confused by the
system. You may get better recognition of your nametags if you
make them longer, for example "George Washington" without pause,
instead of "George" only.
l If you want to use nametags while driving, it is best to store the

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:25 Page 195 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

nametag with some vehicle noise in the background. If you are in


park while you are storing nametags, you can turn the fan on low or
open windows in order to create some background noise.
Virtual Advisor 4-digit PIN Say the 4 digits in a natural way, without pausing between digits.
Interrupting l When the Virtual Advisor is speaking, you can interrupt it with
another command. The first word in your command helps to get its
attention.
l If the Virtual Advisor has trouble understanding your commands
when you interrupt, try speaking the first word loudly and clearly,
then pause for an instant, then continue with the rest of the
command. For example: "Get... my weather" or "Lookup... a quote
for General Motors".

RADIO/AUDIO SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

The entertainment system on this vehicle may have several different configurations available to it. To determine
the specific configuration of the vehicle, please see the Service Parts ID Label, and refer to RPO Code List
(Tahoe and Yukon) , RPO Code List (Escalade ESV, Suburban, and Yukon XL) , RPO Code List
(Avalanche and Escalade) .

The entertainment system on this vehicle is configured with either a base or an uplevel system. The base and
uplevel systems each contain a radio, antenna, speakers, and on some systems an audio amplifier. The uplevel
system differs from the base system by providing the customer with enhanced audio system features. Some of
those features may include the radio data system (RDS), an audio amplifier, programmable equalizer (EQ), and
digital satellite radio (U2K).

Each item in the list below represents topics covered in detail below.

l Radio Circuit Operation


l Antenna System
l AM/FM Reception
l Digital Radio Receiver (if equipped)
l Speaker Operation
l Audio Amplifier (if equipped)
l Radio Data System (RDS) (if equipped)
l Radio Data System (RDS) Messages
l MP3/CD Formatting Information for MP3/CD Radios (if equipped)
l Integral Multi Disc CD Changer (IMDX) (if equipped)
l Rear Seat Audio (RSA) (if equipped)
l Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) (if equipped)
l Radio Error Messages
l Theft Deterrent
l OnStar ® (if equipped)

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:25 Page 196 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Steering Wheel Controls (if equipped)


l Auxiliary Input Jack (if equipped)
l Personal Audio Link (PAL)
l Noise Compensation (if equipped)
l Speed Compensated Volume (SCV) (if equipped)

Radio Circuit Operation

Radio Power

The radio is supplied power by a fused B+ circuit. The radio does not use a discrete ignition feed circuit for
power moding. The power mode master (PMM) provides the system power mode to the radio via serial data
messages. The PMM determines the system power mode by processing power mode information from ignition
switch inputs. Serial data power modes supported by the radio are OFF, ACCESSORY, RUN, and CRANK
REQUEST.

Radio Grounds

The vehicle harness provides a ground for the radio circuits. The radio may also be case grounded.

Radio Data Link Communication

The radio communicates with other modules via serial data.

Radio Outputs

At minimum volume, the plus (+) and minus (-) speaker outputs are approximately half battery voltage,
measured to vehicle ground. As the volume increases, the plus and minus change to create a voltage difference
between each other either driving the voice coil of the speaker, or being fed to an amplifier.

Radio Head Dimming

Dimming and backlighting levels are determined by the serial data messages the radio receives.

Antenna System

IMPORTANT: Radio systems with the antenna(s) in the glass are subject to possible
interference when an aftermarket window tint is applied.

Backglass Antenna (If Equipped)

The AM-FM antenna is on the backglass with the rear window defogger, at the top of the rear window.

Antenna Module (If Equipped)

The radio antenna is connected to the antenna module. The antenna module is powered by a battery voltage

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:26 Page 197 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

circuit supplied by the radio. The antenna module boosts the received signal and transmits the signal to the radio
via a coaxial cable.

Fixed Mast Antenna (If Equipped)

The fixed mast antenna can withstand most car washes without being damaged. If the mast should ever become
slightly bent, straighten it out by hand. If the mast is badly bent, replace it.

Check occasionally to make sure the mast is still tightened to its base. If tightening is required, tighten by hand,
then with a wrench one quarter turn.

Multi-Band Antenna (If Equipped)

The multi-band antenna is located on the roof of the vehicle. This type of antenna may be used with the AM/FM
radio, but is primarily for OnStar® and the XM™ Satellite Radio Service System, if the vehicle has these
features. Keep this antenna clear of snow and ice build up for clear reception. If the vehicle has a sunroof, the
performance of the system may be affected if the sunroof is open. Loading items onto the roof of the vehicle
can interfere with the performance of the system, ensure the multi-band antenna is not obstructed.

Rear Side Window Antenna (If Equipped)

The AM-FM antenna is located in the passenger rear side windows. Make sure the inside surfaces of the rear
side windows are not scratched and that the lines on the glass are not damaged. If the inside surfaces are
damaged, they could interfere with radio reception.

AM/FM Reception

Radio Signal

The radio signal is sent from a broadcast station and is then received by an antenna. The strength of the signal
received depends on the following:

l The power output (wattage) of the broadcasting station


l The location of the vehicle (or receiver) relative to the broadcast tower.
l Obstacles between the tower and the receiver
l Atmospheric conditions
l What band (AM or FM) the station is broadcasting
l Type of antenna and the ground plane

AM Reception

The AM band has a lower frequency range than the FM band. These longer wavelengths:

l Bend around Obstacles


l Follow the curvature of the earth
l May reflect off the ionosphere (skip)

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:26 Page 198 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

The AM frequencies have longer range due to the ground wave. The ground wave follows the curvature of the
earth and is effected by its conductivity. Greater conductivity equates to less signal loss thus transmission over
water is better than over land. The AM band has a range of 80-320 km (50-200 miles).

FM Reception

The shorter wavelengths of the higher frequency FM band:

l Reflect off obstacles


l Are absorbed by the ground
l Penetrate the ionosphere

Broadcasts in the FM band are limited to line of sight reception which is typically 40 km (25 miles). Even when
out of a direct line of sight, the signal may be reflected into areas that would be in a shadow otherwise. Factors
which affect the line of sight include:

l Height of the broadcast antenna


l Height of the receiving antenna
l Terrain and buildings in the broadcast path

Digital Radio Receiver (If Equipped)

Without UYS

XM satellite radio provides digital radio reception. The XM signal is broadcast from two satellites and, where
necessary, terrestrial repeaters. The high power satellites allow the antenna to receive the XM signal even when
foliage and other partial obstructions block the antennas view of the satellite. Terrestrial repeaters are used in
dense urban areas. These repeaters will receive the satellite signal and re-broadcast them at much higher power
levels in order to ensure reception in areas with densely packed tall buildings. A service fee is required in order
to receive the XM service.

The radio communicates with the digital radio receiver (DRR) via serial data. During XM operation the audio
signals are sent over the left and right audio signal circuits from the DRR to the radio.

With UYS

The XM satellite radio is integrated into the radio. XM satellite radio provides digital radio reception. The XM
signal is broadcast from two satellites and, where necessary, terrestrial repeaters. The high power satellites
allow the antenna to receive the XM signal even when foliage and other partial obstructions block the antennas
view of the satellite. Terrestrial repeaters are used in dense urban areas. These repeaters will receive the satellite
signal and re-broadcast them at much higher power levels in order to ensure reception in areas with densely
packed tall buildings. A service fee is required in order to receive the XM service.

Speaker Operation

Speakers turn electrical energy into mechanical energy to move air, using a permanent magnet and an
electromagnet. The electromagnet is energized when the radio or amplifier (if equipped) delivers current to the

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:26 Page 199 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

voice coil on the speaker. The voice coil will form a north and south pole that will cause the voice coil and the
speaker cone to move in relation to the permanent magnet. The current delivered to the speaker is rapidly
changing alternating current (A/C). This causes the speaker cone to move in two directions producing sound.
When the speaker is at rest, such as when the volume at a minimum value, the voltage applied to each side of
the speaker is 1/2 ignition system voltage. This way, the speaker cone can be moved in either direction.

Audio Amplifier (If Equipped)

Amplifier Interface UQA without Y91

The main amplifier power is provided by a fuse located in the body control module (BCM). A discrete switched
12-volt output is used to control the power state of the amplifier. To respond quickly to audio input and control
signals, the amplifier is ON in all vehicle power modes except OFF and CRANK Request. However, when the
amplifier is asleep it still must allow chime functionality. The internal amplifier bridges are fully powered and
unmuted when the amplifier receives the switched 12-volt input.

The radio provides a remote amp mute output circuit to control overall muting of remote non-serial data
amplifiers with rear seat audio (RSA) applications. The amplifier receives PWM signals on the circuit at
varying duty cycle percentages for controlling the muted and unmuted functions of the amplifier. The RSA
Enable circuit in the radio enables the rear seat channel muting of the amplifier. A Diag Sense circuit internal to
the radio monitors the remote amp mute circuit for faults and sets the appropriate DTC when detected.

The function table below shows the four possible amplifier mute functions.

% Duty Cycle Out Function


0% (Vlow Vdc) FOUR_CHANNEL_UNMUTE
50% REARMUTE (input must be 2-channel)
75% SIX_CHANNEL_UNMUTE
100% (Vhigh Vdc) ALL_MUTE

Amplifier Interface UQA with Y91 or UQS (Serial Data)

The main amplifier power is provided by a fuse located in the underhood fuse block. The radio controls both the
overall muting and the rear seat muting via serial data messaging. For vehicles equipped with UQA, the radio
commands the amplifier to perform the following functions through serial data communication.

l Volume
l Balance
l Fade
l Bass
l Midrange
l Treble
l DSP Modes
l Volume Compensation
l Chime Output

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:26 Page 200 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Amplifier Operation

The purpose of the amplifier is to increase the power of a voltage or current signal. The output signal of an
amplifier may consist of the same frequencies as the input signal or it may consist of only a portion of the
frequencies as in the case of a subwoofer or midrange speaker. The radio creates a low level stereo audio output
signal, which is sent at the user-defined volume level to the audio amplifier. The audio amplifier amplifies the
signal and sends it to the appropriate speakers.

Radio Data System (RDS) (If Equipped)

The radio may be equipped with the Radio Data System (RDS). The RDS feature is available only on FM
stations that broadcast RDS information. This system relies upon receiving specific information from these
stations and only works when the information is available. While the radio is tuned to an FM-RDS station, the
station name or call letters display.

RDS data is carried in what is known as a "subcarrier". A subcarrier is a frequency that the FM broadcaster is
authorized to use to send data that is not audible in the main audio program.

l RDS functions will only work with FM broadcast stations that are broadcasting RDS data.
l Not all FM Broadcast stations broadcast RDS data or offer all of the RDS services.
l The information displayed is dependent upon the information broadcast by the particular station. The
information may vary greatly between stations.
l RDS functions may not work properly when reception is weak, reception is of poor quality, or RDS is not
implemented properly by the FM Broadcaster.
l In some cases, a radio station broadcasting incorrect information may cause the RDS features of the radio
to appear to work improperly.

With RDS, the radio can do the following:

l Seek to stations broadcasting the selected type of programming


l Receive announcements concerning local and national emergencies
l Display messages from radio stations

RDS may display text information such as:

l The name of the station.


l The type of program.
l General information such as artist and song title, call in phone numbers, etc.

RDS Messages

l ALERT!: Alert warns of local or national emergencies. When an alert announcement comes on the
current radio station, ALERT! displays. You will hear the announcement, even if the volume is low or a
CD is playing. If a CD is playing, play stops during the announcement. Alert announcements cannot be
turned off. ALERT! is not affected by tests of the emergency broadcast system. This feature is not
supported by all RDS stations.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:26 Page 201 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l INFO (Information): If the current station has a message, the information symbol or INFO displays. Press
this button to see the message. The message can display the artist, song title, call in phone numbers, etc. If
the entire message can not be displayed, parts of the message appear every three seconds. To scroll
through the message, press and release the INFO button. A new group of words displays after every press
of this button. Once the complete message has displayed, the information symbol or INFO disappears
from the display until another new message is received. The last message is displayed by pressing the
INFO button. View the last message until a new message is received or you tune to a different station.

MP3/CD Formatting Information for MP3/CD Radios

The MP3/CD equipped radios will play standard audio CDs, and MP3/WMA files that were recorded on a CD-
R or CD-RW disc. Customers who record their own music CDs should be aware of the following:

l The radio will only play audio from a CD-R/RW, it cannot record audio.
l Standard audio and MP3/WMA files should not be mixed on a disc.
l Song title, artist name, and album can display when files are recorded using ID3 tags version 1 and 2.
l Long file, folder, or playlist names, or a combination of a large number of files and folders, or playlists
can cause the player to be unable to play up to the maximum number of files, folders, playlists, or
sessions.
l The radio supports multi-session discs, but only the files from the last session will be played.

Integral Multi Disc CD Changer (IMDX) (If Equipped)

The integral multi disc CD changer has the capability of storing and playing up to six (6) compact discs. The
integral multi disc CD changer has a shock-absorbing system. Only under extreme operating temperatures or
severe shock or vibration should the compact disc player skip or mute. If the customer travels an abnormally
rough road, a skip condition may be normal. Test drive the vehicle on a normal road with a known good CD. If
the condition is still present, replace the radio. The use of CD lens cleaner discs is not advised, due to the risk of
contaminating the lens of the CD optics with lubricants internal to the CD mechanism.

The CD mechanism within the ICDX radio will begin an initialization routine after a battery connect (e.g.,
connecting radio connector X1). The initialization process takes approximately 25 seconds to complete. It is
very critical that the initialization is completed before removing battery power from the radio, in order for the
complex moving parts of the CD mechanism to be positioned properly before shipping and/or handling
purposes. Damage may result to the moving parts of the CD mechanism if battery power is removed during the
initialization routine. The damage occurs to the CD mechanism during subsequent shipping or handling
operations. The extent of the damage causes the CD mechanism not to recover and the mechanism becomes
inoperative.

Rear Seat Audio (RSA) (If Equipped)

The rear seat audio (RSA) feature allows rear seat passengers to listen to a different audio program than the
front seat passengers. When RSA is ON, the rear vehicle speakers are muted, and the rear passengers can select
their own audio program to listen to using the headphones.

The rear seat passengers can only control the sources that are not being listened by the front seat passengers. For
example, rear seat passengers can listen to and control CDs or DVDs through the headphones while the driver

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:26 Page 202 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

listens to the radio through the front speakers. The front seat audio controls always have priority over the RSA
controls. If the front seat passengers switch the source for the main radio to a remote source, the RSA is not able
to control the source. The rear seat audio can be operated while the main radio is OFF, and the key is ON/RUN,
ACC/ACCESSORY, or when Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. The rear seat passengers have control
of the volume for each set of headphones.

Depending on the audio system, the rear speakers may continue to play when the RSA is active through the
headphones.

Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) (If Equipped)

On some vehicles, there may be a video entertainment system for the rear passengers. This system will play
DVD's and may have auxiliary inputs for connecting devices such as a camcorder or a video game console to
your RSE system just as you would to a television. For a full description of RSE see Video Entertainment
System Description and Operation (Non-Headrest DVD Systems), Video Entertainment System
Description and Operation (Dual Headrest DVD Systems).

Theft Deterrent

The radio theft deterrent system is intended to disable or limit radio functionality if incorrect vehicle
information is received by the radio. The radio disables functionality if the VIN information received by the
radio does not match the VIN information that has been learned by the radio. A VIN sequence is the last 6 digits
of the VIN. The radio receives this information via serial data. A possible cause of incorrect VIN info could be
the radio was originally installed in another vehicle.

The radio has the following theft operating modes as part of the theft deterrent system:

l Normal Mode-A radio has received a VIN sequence. The radio only learns the VIN sequence if the VIN
sequence contained all 6 digits. In this mode the radio has full functionality.
l No VIN Mode-A radio that has not received or learned a VIN. In this mode the radio has limited
functionality.
l Theft Detected Mode-A radio that had previously learned a VIN sequence and subsequently received a
VIN sequence not matching the learned sequence. In this mode the radio has limited functionality.

Radio Error Messages

The Radio may display the following Error Messages (Not all messages may be applicable):

l ERR: This message is displayed when the radio is unable to play the inserted cassette or CD
l LOC: This message is displayed when the radio has entered Theft mode.
l CAL/CAL ERR: This message is displayed when the radio has detected an invalid calibration.
l CDX ERR: Displays if communication is lost with the remote CD changer.
l CHECK CD: Displays when the player encounters a focus or tracking error.
l CHK CDXX: Displays when the CD changer encounters a focus or tracking error.
l CHK TAPE: Displays if a tape has been inserted but is unable to be played due to an error.
l DOOR OPEN: Displays when the CD changer door has been left open.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:39 Page 203 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l NO DISC: Displays when the radio expected a disc to be inserted.


l NONE: Displays when the radio is unable to detect the vehicle speed data information via the serial data
circuit.

If an error message is displayed, perform the appropriate diagnostics.

OnStar ® (If Equipped)

When OnStar is activated, a serial data message is sent to the radio that activates a software program. When the
software begins its process, the fade goes to the front, Bass and Treble are set to the mid range, the outputs are
mono, and the audio source is OnStar. OnStar takes priority over any other audio source. All of these actions are
preset values stored in the radio.

For additional OnStar information, refer to OnStar Description and Operation.

Steering Wheel Controls (If Equipped)

Some audio functions are available using the steering wheel controls. The steering wheel controls duplicate the
function of the primary controls available on the radio.

For additional information on steering wheel controls, refer to Steering Wheel Controls Description and
Operation .

Using the Auxiliary Input Jack (If Equipped)

The radio system may have a 3.5 mm auxiliary input jack located on the faceplate. An external audio device
such as an MP3 player, CD changer, laptop computer, cassette tape player, etc. can be connected to the
auxiliary input jack for use as another source for audio listening. This is not an audio output; do not plug a
headphone set into the front auxiliary input jack.

To use a portable audio player, connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 inch) cable to the radio's front auxiliary input jack. While
a device is connected, press the radio CD/AUX button to begin playing audio from the device over the vehicle
speakers. If there is a CD in the player, pressing the button once will play the CD, pressing again will switch it
to the AUX feature.

Personal Auido Link (PAL)

The Personal Audio Link (PAL) module is a dealer installed accessory that allows the radio to control an Apple
iPod® with the latest software installed. The installation kit included with the PAL module includes a T-harness
that connects inline behind the radio. The radio sees the PAL module as another Digital Radio Receiver (DRR),
or XM radio. The audio circuits are shared between the DRR (if equipped), and the PAL. The power and ground
circuits are shared with the radio and the PAL. By pressing the BAND button on the radio, the radio will cycle
through AM, FM, and XM. The XM band alternates between XM and the PAL. The CAT button will allow
access to the PAL menu screens. While the iPod® is connected, the PAL module will charge it.

Noise Compensation (If Equipped)

A microphone mounted in the vehicle passenger compartment monitors background noise (such as wind noise

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:41 Page 204 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

from a window being opened) and digitally modifies the system's volume and equalization to ensure optimal
sound and performance. This option comes with RPO Y91.

Speed Compensated Volume (If Equipped)

With Speed Compensated Volume (SCV), the audio system will adjust automatically to make up for road and
wind noise as you drive, by increasing the volume as vehicle speed increases. To use SCV, set the volume at the
desired level, and then select either Low, Medium, or High. To turn SCV off, select the Off screen button. This
option comes standard with the vehicle unless the vehicle is equipped with RPO Y91.

VIDEO ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION (NON-HEADREST DVD


SYSTEMS)

Each item in the list below represents topics covered in detail below.

l Rear Seat Entertainment Circuit Operation


l Rear Entertainment System Components
l DVD Player
l Playing a Disc
l DVD Messages
l Parental Control
l Video Screen
l Remote Control
l Wireless Headphones
l Stereo RCA Jacks
l Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
l Audio Outputs
l Wired Headphone Jacks

Rear Seat Entertainment Circuit Operation

RSE Power

The rear seat entertainment (RSE) uses a switched battery voltage feed circuit for power moding. The radio
outputs power to this circuit via the entertainment remote enable signal circuit.

RSE Grounds

The vehicle harness provides a ground for the RSE circuits.

RSE Data Link Communication

The RSE does not communicate with serial data.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:41 Page 205 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

RSE Outputs

At minimum volume, the plus (+) and minus (-) audio signals are approximately half battery voltage, measured
to vehicle ground. These audio signals are sent from the radio to the Infrared Module, most systems have a
common minus (-) signal.

Rear Seat Entertainment Components

The RSE system includes:

l A Digital Versatile Disc (DVD) player


l A video display screen
l Two sets of wireless infrared headphones
l A remote control
l Stereo audio and video inputs in the overhead console for playing an auxiliary device

DVD Player

The DVD player is interated into the radio, and will display on the rear screen. The DVD player can be
controlled by both the buttons on the DVD player and by the buttons on the remote control. The DVD player
power may be turned on when the ignition is in the run, accessory, or retained accessory power (RAP) power
modes. DVDs are manufactured with different region codes based on the country in which they are sold.
Therefore, the RSE system DVD player is only compatible with the region code where the vehicle is sold. The
DVD region code is printed on the jacket of most DVDs. Home recorded CDs, CD-R or CD-RW formats, may
not play in the DVD player.

Playing a Disc

To play a disc, gently insert the disc with the label side up, into the loading slot. The DVD player will continue
to load the disc and the player will automatically start if the vehicle ignition is in an enabled power mode. If a
disc is already in the player, press the play/pause button on the face of the DVD player or on the remote control.
Some DVDs will not allow the user to fast forward or skip the copyright or previews. Some DVDs will
automatically begin to play after the previews have finished. If the DVD does not begin to play the main title,
refer to the on-screen instructions, and press play on the DVD player buttons or on the remote control.

DVD Messages

The following errors may be displayed on the video screen monitor.

Disc Format Error

This message will be displayed if a disc is inserted upside down, the disc is not able to be read, or if the
disc format is not compatible with the DVD player.

Load / Eject Error

This message will be displayed if the disc is not able to properly load or eject.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:41 Page 206 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Disc Play Error

This message will be displayed if the DVD player cannot play the disc. Severely damaged discs will
cause this error.

Region Code Error

This message will be displayed if the region code of the DVD media is not compatible with the DVD
player.

No Disc

This message will be displayed if the play button is pressed and there is no disc in the DVD player.

Parental Control

The RSE system may have a Parental Control feature, depending on which radio the vehicle has. To start
Parental Control, press and hold the radio power button for more than two seconds to stop all system features
such as: radio, video screen, RSA, DVD and/or CD. While Parental Control is on, a padlock icon displays. The
radio can be turned back on with a single press of the power button, but the RSE system will remain under
Parental Control. To turn Parental Control off, press and hold the radio power button for more than two
seconds. The RSE returns from where it was previously left and the padlock icon disappears from the radio
display. Parental Control can also be turned off by inserting or ejecting any disc, pressing the play icon on the
radio DVD display menu, or changing an ignition position.

Video Screen

The rear display screen shows video from either DVD movies, or an AUX input device, such as a video game
console or camera. Each video screen has a dedicated video signal circuit to the radio.

Remote Control

To use the remote control, aim it at the infrared window below the video screen and press the desired remote
control button. Direct sunlight or very bright light may affect the ability of the entertainment system to receive
signals from the remote control. If the remote control does not seem to be working, the batteries may need to be
replaced. Objects blocking the line of sight may affect the function of the remote control.

If the remote control is to be stored for a long period of time, remove the batteries and keep them in a cool, dry
place. Do not store the remote control in heat or direct sunlight. This could damage the remote control. Keep the
remote control stored in a cool, dry place.

Wireless Headphones

Wireless headphones are optional and allow for rear seat passengers to use the RSE or RSA functions without
disturbing the listening of front seat passengers. The wireless headphones receive audio signals from the
infrared (IR) transmitters on the overhead console. This transmission is line of sight only, so audio quality will
be degraded if anything blocks the transmitter signal from reaching the headphones. On some models, the
infrared transmitter will have red LEDs illuminated when the RSE is activated.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:41 Page 207 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

The wireless headphones include 2 channels. This allows rear seat passengers to utilize both RSE and RSA
functions without disturbing one another. The toggle switch on the right side headphone earpiece switches
between channel one and channel 2. RSE is broadcast on channel one, and RSA on channel 2.

Each set of headphones has a rotary volume control. To adjust the volume, adjust this control. The headphones
may automatically turn OFF if they lose the infrared signal from the system for approximately 4 minutes in
order to preserve their battery power. The signal may be lost if the system is turned off or if the headphones are
out of range of the infrared signal transmitters that are located near the video display screen.

AUX Inputs

The AUX input jacks are standard color-coded RCA-style jacks. Video is yellow, right audio is red, and left
audio is white. The jacks are located on the rear of the center console. A number of devices may be plugged into
the AUX jacks, including, but not limited to video game consoles, digital cameras, camcorders, or other
devices. Audio only sources can be played through the AUX jacks from portable audio devices. Turn on the
RSA, press the SOURCE key repeatedly until AUX is selected or touch the AUX screen button. An auxiliary
device must be connected for the AUX screen button to appear as an option to select on the radio.

Rear Seat Audio (RSA)

The RSA is integrated into the rear HVAC control module. Audio, video source are controlled by the radio
through serial data communication. Some sources are; radio (AM/FM), XM™ (if equipped), CD, and if the
vehicle has these features, DVD, front auxiliary, and rear auxiliary.

The rear speaker channels pass through the RSA. The rear seat audio can be muted by the RSA when in use.
The RSE system includes a radio with a DVD player, a video display screen, 2 wireless headphones, and a
remote control.

Audio Outputs

Audio from the DVD player or auxiliary inputs may be heard through the following possible sources:

l Wireless infrared headphones


l Vehicle speakers
l Vehicle wired headphone jacks on rear seat audio controller (if equipped)

The RSE system will always transmit the audio signal by infrared to the wireless headphones, if there is audio
available. The RSE system is capable of outputting audio to the vehicle speakers. Once the RSE system is
selected as an audio source on the radio you may adjust the speaker volume on the radio to control the volume
of the audio to the speakers.

The RSE system is capable of outputting audio to the wired headphone jacks on the rear seat audio controller if
the vehicle is so equipped. The RSE system may be selected as an audio source on the Rear Seat Audio
controller if the RSE system power is on.

Wired Headphone Jacks

The RSA controller is equipped with two 2.5 mm jacks for wired headphones. The headphones can be used to
viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:41 Page 208 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

listen to either the RSE or RSA functions. If both RSE and RSA are used at the same time, the wired
headphones may receive only RSA audio.

To use the wired headphones, plug the headphones into the jacks. The left knob controls the left headphones
and the right knob controls the right headphones.

VIDEO ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION (DUAL HEADREST DVD


SYSTEMS)

Each item in the list below represents topics covered in detail below.

l Dual Headrest DVD Circuit Operation


l Dual Headrest DVD System Components
l Dual Headrest DVD Player
l Playing a Disc
l DVD Messages
l Parental Control
l Video Screen
l Remote Control
l Wireless Headphones
l AUX Inputs
l Audio Outputs
l Wired Headphone Jacks

Dual Headrest DVD Circuit Operation

Dual Headrest DVD Power

The Dual Headrest DVD uses a switched battery voltage feed circuit for power moding.

Dual Headrest DVD Grounds

The vehicle harness provides a ground for the Dual Headrest DVD system.

Dual Headrest DVD Data Link Communication

The Dual Headrest DVD system does not communicate with serial data.

Dual Headrest DVD Outputs

The Dual Headrest DVD system can only output video to each screen and through the AV output for external
devices such as a camcorder.

Dual Headrest DVD Components

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:41 Page 209 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

The Dual Headrest DVD system includes:

l Two video display screens


l DVD Control Module
l A Digital Versatile Disc (DVD) player built into each monitor - If equipped with Dual Player
l Two sets of wireless infrared headphones
l A remote control
l Stereo audio and video inputs for playing an auxiliary device

Dual Headrest DVD Player

The DVD players are integrated the display screen. The DVD player can be controlled by both the buttons on
the DVD player and by the buttons on the remote control. The DVD player power may be turned on when the
ignition is in the run, accessory, or retained accessory power (RAP) power modes. DVDs are manufactured with
different region codes based on the country in which they are sold. Therefore, the DVD player is only
compatible with the region code where the vehicle is sold. The DVD region code is printed on the jacket of
most DVDs. Home recorded CDs, CD-R or CD-RW formats, may not play in the DVD player.

Playing a Disc

To play a disc, gently insert the disc with the label side facing the back of the vehicle, into the loading slot. The
DVD player will continue to load the disc and the player will automatically start if the vehicle ignition is in an
enabled power mode. If a disc is already in the player, press the play/pause button on the face of the DVD
player or on the remote control. Some DVDs will not allow the user to fast forward or skip the copyright or
previews. Some DVDs will automatically begin to play after the previews have finished. If the DVD does not
begin to play the main title, refer to the on-screen instructions, and press play on the DVD player buttons or on
the remote control.

DVD Messages

The following errors may be displayed on the video screen monitor.

Disc Format Error

This message will be displayed if a disc is inserted upside down, the disc is not able to be read, or if the
disc format is not compatible with the DVD player.

Load / Eject Error

This message will be displayed if the disc is not able to properly load or eject.

Disc Play Error

This message will be displayed if the DVD player cannot play the disc. Severely damaged discs will
cause this error.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:42 Page 210 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Region Code Error

This message will be displayed if the region code of the DVD media is not compatible with the DVD
player.

No Disc

This message will be displayed if the play button is pressed and there is no disc in the DVD player. If the
disc is inserted wrong, the DVD player automatically ejects the disc and No Disc displays.

Parental Control

Part of the SETUP MENU lets users control the type of movie rating content (from G to Adult) that can be
viewed and is only accessible when no disc is loaded. The parental control feature limits viewing to the selected
preference. If a disc is inserted into the DVD compartment slot and it exceeds the Parental Setting, the
following message appears on display: "The Parental Setting of this player prohibits play. Would you like to
allow this disc to play?"

If yes if selected, the six digit password must be entered for the disc to play. If the wrong password is entered,
the following message appears: " This movie will not play due to the Parental Setting of the player. To create a
six digit password, use the numeric keypad on the remote control. Press the ENTER button to confirm." The
default password is 136900.

Video Screen

The rear display screen shows video from either DVD player, or an AUX input device, such as a video game
console or camera. Each video screen has a dedicated video signal circuit to the DVD control. If the vehicle is
equipped with rear seat entertainment, there is no way to source the movie from the rear seat entertainment to
the Dual Headrest DVD screens.

DVD Control Module

The two video screens are linked together by the DVD Control Module. This module allows screen 1 to source
the media being played on screen 2. Video, audio, power, and remote signals are sent from the DVD Control
Module, to each of the video screens. Video and audio signals are sent from the screen to the control module,
and then to both screens.

Remote Control

To use the remote control, aim it at the infrared window above the video screen and press the desired remote
control button. Direct sunlight or very bright light may affect the ability of the entertainment system to receive
signals from the remote control. If the remote control does not seem to be working, the batteries may need to be
replaced. Objects blocking the line of sight may affect the function of the remote control.

If the remote control is to be stored for a long period of time, remove the batteries and keep them in a cool, dry
place. Do not store the remote control in heat or direct sunlight. This could damage the remote control. Keep the
remote control stored in a cool, dry place.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:42 Page 211 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Wireless Headphones

Wireless headphones allow for rear seat passengers to use the Dual Headrest DVD player without disturbing the
listening of front seat passengers. The wireless headphones receive audio signals from the infrared (IR)
transmitters on the overhead console. This transmission is line of sight only, so audio quality will be degraded if
anything blocks the transmitter signal from reaching the headphones, or if the headphones are placed in the
front of the vehicle. On some models, the infrared transmitter will have red LEDs illuminated when activated.

The wireless headphones include 2 channels. This allows rear seat passengers to utilize both screens
individually without disturbing one another.

Each set of headphones has a rotary volume control. To adjust the volume, adjust this control. The headphones
may automatically turn OFF if they lose the infrared signal from the system for approximately 4 minutes in
order to preserve their battery power. The signal may be lost if the system is turned off or if the headphones are
out of range of the infrared signal transmitters that are located near the video display screen.

AUX Inputs

The AUX input jacks are standard color-coded RCA-style jacks. Video is yellow, right audio is red, and left
audio is white. The jacks are located on the front of the monitor. A number of devices may be plugged into the
AUX jacks, including, but not limited to video game consoles, digital cameras, camcorders, or other devices.
Audio only sources can be played through the AUX jacks from portable audio devices.

Audio Outputs

Audio from the DVD player or auxiliary inputs may be heard through the following possible sources:

l Wireless infrared headphones


l Vehicle speakers - via the FM transmitter (if equipped)
l Wired headphone jacks on each monitor

The Dual Headrest DVD system will always transmit the audio signal by infrared to the wireless headphones, if
there is audio available. The Dual Headrest DVD system may be capable of outputting audio to the vehicle
speakers via the FM transmitter. Once the correct FM frequency is selected as an audio source on the radio you
may adjust the speaker volume on the radio to control the volume of the audio to the speakers. Only one audio
source can be heard through the vehicle's speakers at a time. The audio source being used is specified by the
A/V (audio/video) source selected on the driver side head restraint monitor.

The Dual Headrest DVD system is capable of outputting audio through the wired headphone jacks on the
monitors.

Wired Headphone Jacks

Each headrest monitor is equipped with a 2.5 mm jack for wired headphones. To use the wired headphones,
plug the headphones into the jacks. The headphones can be used to listen to any source the Dual Headrest DVD
system can source.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:42 Page 212 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

SPECIAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT


SPECIAL TOOLS

Illustration Tool Number/ Description

EL 48028
Digital Radio Test Antenna

EL-49903
OnStar Antenna Diagnostic Tool Kit

J 39916 A
CD and Cassette Diagnostic Audio Kit

Fastener Tightening Specifications


Specification
Application Metric English
Amplifier Screw 9 N.m 80 lb in
Antenna Assembly Screw 5 N.m 44 lb in
Antenna Mast 6 N.m 53 lb in
Antenna Module Bolt 9 N.m 80 lb in
Antenna Module Ground Strap 2 N.m 18 lb in
Communication Interface Module Screw 2 N.m 18 lb in
Digital Radio Antenna Retaining Bolt 9 N.m 80 lb in

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:42 Page 213 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Front Floor Console Screw 9 N.m 80 lb in


Front Floor Console Bracket Screw 9 N.m 80 lb in
Front Floor Console Speaker Nut 9 N.m 80 lb in
Front Speaker Screw 6 N.m 53 lb in
Front Door Speaker Screw 3 N.m 25 lb in
Mobile Telephone Antenna Screw 2 N.m 18 lb in
Radio Retaining Screws 2 N.m 18 lb in
Rear Speaker Screw 3 N.m 25 lb in
Rear Door Speaker Screw 3 N.m 25 lb in
Roof Console Screw 2 N.m 18 lb in
Video Display Assembly Screw 2 N.m 18 lb in

DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX


DTC Description
DTC B0000 5A Vehicle Speed Information Circuit
DTC B0000
Plausibility Failure
DTC B1024 11 Circuit Board Temperature Sensor
DTC B1024
Above Maximum Threshold

DTC B1025 01 Audio Output 1 Left Front Circuit


Short to Battery
DTC B1025 02 Audio Output 1 Left Front Circuit
Short to Ground
DTC B1025 04 Audio Output 1 Left Front Circuit
Open
DTC B1035 01 Audio Output 2 Right Front Circuit
Short to Battery
DTC B1035 02 Audio Output 2 Right Front Circuit
Short to Ground
DTC B1035 04 Audio Output 2 Right Front Circuit
Open
DTC B1045 01 Audio Output 3 Left Rear Circuit
DTC B1025-B1095 Short to Battery
DTC B1045 02 Audio Output 3 Left Rear Circuit
Short to Ground
DTC B1045 04 Audio Output 3 Left Rear Circuit
Open
DTC B1055 01 Audio Output 4 Right Rear Circuit
Short to Battery
DTC B1055 02 Audio Output 4 Right Rear Circuit
Short to Ground
DTC B1055 04 Audio Output 4 Right Rear Circuit
Open
DTC B1065 01 Audio Output 5 Circuit Short to
Battery (Center IP)
DTC B1065 02 Audio Output 5 Circuit Short to

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:42 Page 214 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Ground (Center IP)


DTC B1065 04 Audio Output 5 Circuit Open
(Center IP)
DTC B1075 01 Audio Output 6 Circuit Short to
Battery (Subwoofer)
DTC B1075 02 Audio Output 6 Circuit Short to
Ground (Subwoofer)
DTC B1075 04 Audio Output 6 Circuit Open
(Subwoofer)
DTC B1085 01 Audio Output 7 Circuit Short to
Battery (LR D-Pillar)
DTC B1085 02 Audio Output 7 Circuit Short to
Ground (LR D-Pillar)
DTC B1085 04 Audio Output 7 Circuit Open (LR D-
Pillar)
DTC B1095 01 Audio Output 8 Circuit Short to
Battery (RR D-Pillar)
DTC B1095 02 Audio Output 8 Circuit Short to
Ground (RR D-Pillar)
DTC B1095 04 Audio Output 8 Circuit Open (RR D-
Pillar)
DTC B1259 02 Antenna Ground Circuit Short to
Ground
DTC B1259
DTC B1259 05 Antenna Ground Circuit Short to
Battery or Open
DTC B125C 02 Satellite Antenna 1 Circuit Short to
Ground
DTC B125C
DTC B125C 04 Satellite Antenna 1 Circuit Open
Circuit
DTC B1265 01 Switched 14 Volt Performance Short
to Battery
DTC B1265
DTC B1265 02 Switched 14 Volt Performance Short
to Ground
DTC B1271 DTC B1271 00 Theft Protection Active
DTC B1287 01 Amplifier Control Signal Circuit
Short to Battery
DTC B1287 02 Amplifier Control Signal Circuit
DTC B1287
Short to Ground
DTC B1287 04 Amplifier Control Signal Circuit
Open
DTC B1288 01 Video Display Mode Control Signal
Short to Battery
DTC B1288 02 Video Display Mode Control Signal
DTC B1288
Short to Ground
DTC B1288 04 Video Display Mode Control Signal
Open Circuit
DTC B1289 01 Video Display Brightness Control

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:42 Page 215 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Signal Short to Battery


DTC B1289 02 Video Display Brightness Control
DTC B1289 Signal Short to Ground
DTC B1289 04 Video Display Brightness Control
Signal Open Circuit
DTC B1449 03 Remote Device Voltage Below
Threshold
DTC B1449
DTC B1449 07 Remote Device Voltage Above
Threshold
DTC B2455 02 Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit
Short to Ground
DTC B2455
DTC B2455 04 Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit
Open
DTC B2462 02 Global Positioning System (GPS)
Short to Ground
DTC B2462 (Navigation Radio)
DTC B2462 04 Global Positioning System (GPS)
Open Circuit
DTC B2462 02 Global Positioning System (GPS)
Signal Short to Ground
DTC B2462 (Communication Interface Module)
DTC B2462 04 Global Positioning System (GPS)
Signal Open Circuit
DTC B2470 02 Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit
Malfunction Short to Ground
DTC B2470
DTC B2470 04 Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit
Malfunction Open Circuit
DTC B2474 07 Navigation Display Head
DTC B2474
Backlighting Performance
DTC B2476 04 Cellular Phone Select Service Switch
Open Circuit
DTC B2476 59 Cellular Phone Select Service Switch
DTC B2476 or B2482
Stuck Button
DTC B2482 00 Cellular Phone Select Service Switch
Range/Performance

Speaker Replacement Reference


Component Repair Instruction
Center I/P Speaker Refer to Radio Front Speaker Replacement
Front Door Speaker Refer to Radio Front Side Door Speaker
Replacement
Front Pillar Speaker (Tweeter Speaker) Refer to Front Upper Speaker Replacement
Rear Door Speaker Refer to Radio Rear Side Door Speaker
Replacement
Rear Pillar Speaker Refer to Rear Pillar Speaker Replacement
Refer to Radio Front Floor Console Speaker
Subwoofer Speaker
Replacement

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:42 Page 216 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement


Callout Component Name
1 Front Overhead Console Lens
Roof Console Screw (Qty: 2)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
2

Tighten
2 N.m (18 lb in)
Roof Console Assembly
3
TIP: Disconnect electrical connectors.
4 Mobile Telephone Microphone Assembly

Communication Interface Module Replacement (Cadillac)


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure

1. Remove the instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate. Refer to Instrument Panel Accessory Trim
Plate Replacement (Except Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Replacement
(Cadillac) .
2. Remove the radio. Refer to Radio Replacement (Except Cadillac), Radio Replacement
(Cadillac).
3. Remove the HVAC Control Module. Refer to HVAC Control Module Replacement , or HVAC
Control Module Replacement .
Communication Interface Module

l Push outward on the two tabs to release the communication interface module from
the bracket.
1 l Disconnect the electrical connectors.
l When replacing the communication interface module be sure to transfer Bluetooth
Antenna, if equipped.
l Reprogram the communication interface module after replacement. Refer to Control
Module References .

Communication Interface Module Replacement (Except Cadillac)


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedures

1. Remove the instrument panel accessory trim plate. Refer to Instrument Panel Accessory Trim
Plate Replacement (Except Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Replacement
(Cadillac) .
2. Remove the HVAC control module. Refer to HVAC Control Module Replacement , or HVAC

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:43 Page 217 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Control Module Replacement .


3. Remove the radio. Refer to Radio Replacement (Except Cadillac), Radio Replacement
(Cadillac).
Communication Interface Module

NOTE:
l Remove the two screws retaining the module bracket.
l Push outward on the two tabs to release the communication interface module
from the bracket.
1
l Depress the two metal bracket tabs to allow the module to pass.
l Disconnect the electrical connectors.
l When replacing the communication interface module be sure to transfer
Bluetooth Antenna, if equipped.
l Reprogram the communication interface module after replacement. Refer to
Control Module References .

Wireless Communication Interface Antenna Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the communication interface module. Refer to Communication Interface Module
Replacement (Cadillac), Communication Interface Module Replacement (Except Cadillac)
Wireless Communication Interface Antenna Bluetooth Module
1 Procedure
Unsnap the Antenna from Communication Module.

Radio Replacement (Except Cadillac)


Callout Component Name
NOTE:
Use a scan tool to retrieve the radio part number before removing the radio from the vehicle.

Preliminary Procedures

1. Remove the accessory switch assembly. Refer to Accessory Switch Replacement (Cadillac) ,
Accessory Switch Replacement (Except Cadillac) .
2. Remove the HVAC control module. Refer to HVAC Control Module Replacement , or HVAC
Control Module Replacement .
Radio Screw (Qty: 4)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
2 N.m (18 lb in)

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:43 Page 218 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Radio Assembly

2 l Disconnect the electrical connector.


l Disconnect the antenna cable.
l Reprogram the radio after replacement. Refer to Control Module References .

Radio Replacement (Cadillac)


Callout Component Name
NOTE:
Use a scan tool to retrieve the radio part number before removing the radio from the vehicle.

Preliminary Procedure Remove the instrument panel accessory trim plate. Refer to Instrument Panel
Accessory Trim Plate Replacement (Except Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate
Replacement (Cadillac) .
Radio Screw (Qty: 6)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
2 N.m (18 lb in)
Radio Assembly

l Disconnect the 4 electrical connectors.


2 l Disconnect the antenna cable.
l Transfer components, as necessary.
l Reprogram the radio after replacement. Refer to Control Module References .

Digital Radio Receiver Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the right instrument panel insulator. Refer to Instrument Panel Insulator Replacement
(Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Insulator Replacement (Except Cadillac) .
Digital Radio Receiver

1 1. Disconnect the electrical connectors.


2. Push in on the 2 tabs and pull down to remove the receiver.
3. Perform the Digital Radio Receiver Setup. Refer to Control Module References .

Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone Replacement (Floor Console Except Cadillac)
Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:43 Page 219 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Remove the Front Floor Console Compartment. Refer to Front Floor Console Compartment
Replacement (Except Cadillac)
Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone (Qty: 2)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
2 N.m (18 lb in)
Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone Assembly
2 Procedure
Disconnect electrical connector.

Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone Replacement (Headliner)


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Lower the front or rear of the headlining trim panel enough to gain access to the microphone. Refer to
Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/U42 w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(LWB w/CJ2) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/o CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim
Panel Replacement (LWB w/CJ3) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT
w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining Trim
Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/U24 w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel
Replacement (LWB w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade
EXT w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CJ3) ,
Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(SWB w/U42 w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining
Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CJ3) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche w/CJ2
w/o CF5 and U42)
Radio Volume Noise Compensator Interior Noise Microphone (Qty: 3)

1. Disconnect the electrical connector.


2. Note the foam position around the front of the microphone and the center foam plug
1 over the top of the microphone to ensure proper installation.
3. Remove the foam plug from the top of the microphone and large foam patch from
around the microphone.
4. Unsnap the microphone from the grille assembly bracket.

Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone Replacement (Floor Console Cadillac)
Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the Front Floor Console side trim panel - left side. Refer to Front Floor Console Side Trim
Front Panel Replacement - Left Side (Cadillac)
Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone (Qty: 2)

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:43 Page 220 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1
Tighten
2 N.m (18 lb in)
Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone Assembly
2 Procedure
Disconnect electrical connector.

Radio Speaker Amplifier Replacement (Except Cadillac)


Callout Component Name
Front Floor Console Screw (Qty: 8)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
9 N.m (80 lb in)
Front Floor Console Assembly
2 Refer to Front Floor Console Replacement (Except Cadillac) , Front Floor Console
Replacement (Cadillac) .
Front Floor Console Bracket Screw (Qty: 4)
3 Tighten
9 N.m (80 lb in)
4 Front Floor Console Bracket
Amplifier Screw (Qty: 3)
5 Tighten
9 N.m (80 lb in)
Radio Speaker Amplifier Assembly
6 l Disconnect the electrical connectors.
l Program the amplifier, if applicable. Refer to Control Module References .

Radio Speaker Amplifier Replacement (Cadillac)


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedures

1. Remove the floor console bezel. Refer to Floor Console Bezel Replacement (Except Cadillac) ,
Floor Console Bezel Replacement (Cadillac) .
2. Remove the front floor console side trim front panel - Left. Refer to Front Floor Console Side
Trim Front Panel Replacement - Left Side (Cadillac) .
3. Remove the front floor console side trim front panel - Right. Refer to Front Floor Console Side

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:43 Page 221 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Trim Front Panel Replacement - Right Side (Cadillac) .


Front Floor Console Bolt (Qty: 2)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
2 N.m (18 lb in)
Front Floor Console Rear Screw (Qty: 2)
TIP: Open the rear cupholder to access the screws.
2
Tighten
2 N.m (18 lb in)
Front Floor Console Lower Screw (Qty: 4)

Procedure

1. Move the seats forward or rearward to access the screws as needed.


3
2. Rotate the upper portion of the console assembly rearward to access the amplifier.

Tighten
9 N.m (80 lb in)
Amplifier Screw (Qty: 4)
4 Tighten
9 N.m (80 lb in)
Radio Speaker Amplifier Assembly

Procedure
5
1. Disconnect the electrical connectors.
2. For programming and set up, refer to Control Module References .

Navigation Map Interface Module Receptacle Opening Cover Replacement (Cadillac)


Callout Component Name
Navigation Map Interface Module Receptacle Opening Cover
Procedure
1
With the appropriate trim tool, insert the tool only on the left and right sides of the cover to
gently remove.

Audio/Video Interface Module Replacement (AYE)


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the front floor console side trim - left side. Refer to Front Floor Console Side Trim Front
Panel Replacement - Left Side (Cadillac) .

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:43 Page 222 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Audio Video Interface Module

Procedure
1
1. Remove the foam tape covering the module.
2. Disconnect the electrical connectors.
3. Remove the module from the hook and loop fastener on the console.

Cellular Communications/Digital Radio Antenna Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Lower the front of the headliner. Refer to Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/U42 w/o
CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CJ2) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(SWB w/o CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CJ3) , Headlining Trim
Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining Trim Panel
Replacement (SWB w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade
EXT w/U24 w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining
Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel
Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CJ3) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (SWB
w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/U42 w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim
Panel Replacement (LWB w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CJ3) ,
Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche w/CJ2 w/o CF5 and U42) .
Mobile Telephone Antenna Bolt

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
9 N.m (80 lb in)
Mobile Telephone and Navigation Antenna Assembly
2
TIP: Disconnect the antenna cable.

Radio Antenna Base Replacement


Callout Component Name

Preliminary Procedures

1. Remove the battery. Refer to Battery Replacement .


2. Remove the instrument panel (I/P) upper trim pad. Refer to Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel
with Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Upper
Trim Panel with Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Except Cadillac) .
3. Disconnect the upper intermediate steering shaft. Refer to Upper Intermediate Steering Shaft
Replacement .
4. Remove the 4 I/P bolts to body bolts.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:43 Page 223 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

5. Disconnect the 5 electrical connections on the passenger side.


6. Pull the passenger side of the I/P back approximately 760 mm (2.5 ft) pivoting on the drivers side.
Set on floor or seat.
7. Remove the 2 screws from the HVAC recirculation door and push door towards the center of the
vehicle. Refer to Air Inlet Assembly Replacement .
8. Disconnect the coaxial cable at the junction.
9. Insert a shim between the HVAC and side metal approximately 38 mm (1.5 in).
10. Tape pull wire to the coaxial cable.
Radio Antenna Mast

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
6 N.m (53 lb in)
2 Air Inlet Grille Outer Cover
Radio Antenna Assembly Screw (Qty: 3)
3 Tighten
5 N.m (44 lb in)
Radio Antenna Assembly

1. Remove the cable grommet from the body using the screwdriver from top down.
2. Tie a long wire to the antenna cable to aid in installation of new antenna. Use a
4 screwdriver to guide the cable from the inside.
3. Tape a long pull wire to the antenna cable to aid in installation of the new antenna.
Use the screwdriver to guide the wire from the inside.
4. Lubricate the grommet to aid in installation.

Radio Antenna Replacement


Callout Component Name
Radio Antenna

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
6 N.m (53 lb in)

Radio Antenna Module Replacement (9R199537 and Earlier)


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:44 Page 224 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

1. Remove the right lock pillar garnish molding. Refer to Body Lock Pillar Garnish Molding
Replacement (Standard Wheelbase) , Body Lock Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement
(Avalanche/Escalade EXT) , Body Lock Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement (Extended
Wheelbase) .
2. Remove the screw from the HVAC duct and reposition the duct away from the module to allow
access.
3. Remove the right rear quarter trim panel. Refer to Rear Quarter Trim Panel Replacement -
Right Side (Extended Wheelbase) , Rear Quarter Trim Panel Replacement - Right Side
(Standard Wheelbase) .
Radio Antenna Module Bolt

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
9 N.m (80 lb in)
Radio Antenna Ground Strap Screw
2 Tighten
2 N.m (18 lb in)
Radio Antenna Module

l Slide the module up to release module retainers from the key slot.
l Disconnect the electrical connectors.
3
l Disconnect the antenna leads to the window.
l Use a small flat-bladed screw driver or pick tool to release the plastic retaining tab
tongue on cable. The retaining clip is not removable after glass installation, caution
must be used to ensure it is not broken.

Electronic Navigation Antenna Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure

1. Remove the instrument panel upper trim pad. Refer to Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel with
Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Upper Trim
Panel with Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Except Cadillac) .
2. Remove the radio. Refer to Radio Replacement (Except Cadillac), Radio Replacement
(Cadillac).
3. Remove the instrument panel center trim panel. Refer to Instrument Panel Center Trim Panel
Replacement (Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Center Trim Panel Replacement (Except
Cadillac) .

1
Radio Antenna Module Assembly

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:44 Page 225 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Disconnect the antenna module from the radio.


l Disconnect the extension cable from the center HVAC duct.

Digital Radio Antenna Cable Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure

1. Lower the front of the headliner. Refer to Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/U42
w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CJ2) , Headlining Trim Panel
Replacement (SWB w/o CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CJ3) ,
Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining
Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/U24 w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB
w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CF5 and
U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CJ3) , Headlining
Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(SWB w/U42 w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CF5 w/o U42) ,
Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CJ3) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(Avalanche w/CJ2 w/o CF5 and U42) .
2. Remove the upper instrument panel (I/P) defroster grille. Refer to Instrument Panel Upper Trim
Panel with Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Cadillac) , Instrument Panel
Upper Trim Panel with Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Except Cadillac) .
3. Remove the right I/P side cover. Refer to cell Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement
(Except Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement (Cadillac) .
4. Lower the I/P compartment door. Refer to Instrument Panel Compartment Door Replacement
(Except Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Compartment Door Replacement (Cadillac) .
Digital Radio Coaxial Cable

1. If the digital antenna cable is taped in the roof wiring harness then just cut the ends
1 off at the digital receiver and the antenna connection and route the new harness next
to the old and use tie straps as needed to secure routing.
2. If needed use a piece of mechanics wire or suitable equivalent to route new cable
through windshield pillar and I/P area.

Antenna Cable Replacement (W/O Fixed Antenna)


Callout Component Name

Preliminary Procedure

1. Remove the right windshield pillar molding. Refer to Windshield Pillar Garnish Molding
Replacement .
2. Remove the instrument panel upper trim pad. Refer to Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel with
Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Upper Trim
Panel with Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Except Cadillac) .
3. Remove the right lock pillar garnish molding. Refer to Body Lock Pillar Garnish Molding

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:44 Page 226 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Replacement (Standard Wheelbase) , Body Lock Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement


(Avalanche/Escalade EXT) , Body Lock Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement (Extended
Wheelbase) .
4. Remove the screw from the HVAC duct and reposition the duct away from the antenna module to
allow access.
5. Remove the right rear quarter trim panel. Refer to Rear Quarter Trim Panel Replacement -
Right Side (Extended Wheelbase) , Rear Quarter Trim Panel Replacement - Right Side
(Standard Wheelbase) .
6. Lower the headliner. Refer to Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/U42 w/o CF5) ,
Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CJ2) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(SWB w/o CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CJ3) , Headlining
Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining Trim Panel
Replacement (SWB w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/U24 w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB
w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CF5 and
U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CJ3) , Headlining
Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(SWB w/U42 w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CF5 w/o U42) ,
Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CJ3) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(Avalanche w/CJ2 w/o CF5 and U42) .
Radio Antenna Cable

1. Disconnect the antenna cable from the extension cable located on the top of the
1 instrument panel on the right side.
2. Disconnect the antenna cable from the antenna module.
3. Note the routing of the antenna cable on the headliner for aid in installation.
4. Remove the antenna cable from the headliner.

Radio Antenna Cable Extension Cable Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure

1. Remove the instrument panel upper trim pad. Refer to Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel with
Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Upper Trim
Panel with Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Except Cadillac) .
2. Remove the radio. Refer to Radio Replacement (Except Cadillac), Radio Replacement
(Cadillac).
3. Remove the instrument panel center trim panel. Refer to Instrument Panel Center Trim Panel
Replacement (Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Center Trim Panel Replacement (Except
Cadillac) .

Radio Antenna Extension Cable Assembly


1
l Disconnect the extension cable from the antenna.
l Disconnect the extension cable from the radio.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:44 Page 227 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

l Disconnect the extension cable from the center HVAC duct.

Mobile Telephone and Navigation Antenna Coaxial Cable Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure

1. Lower the front of the headliner. Refer to Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/U42
w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CJ2) , Headlining Trim Panel
Replacement (SWB w/o CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CJ3) ,
Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining
Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CF5 w/o U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/U24 w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB
w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CF5 and
U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT w/CJ3) , Headlining
Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CF5 and U42) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(SWB w/U42 w/o CF5) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (LWB w/CF5 w/o U42) ,
Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (SWB w/CJ3) , Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
(Avalanche w/CJ2 w/o CF5 and U42) .
2. Remove the upper instrument panel (I/P) defroster grille. Refer to Instrument Panel Upper Trim
Panel with Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Cadillac) , Instrument Panel
Upper Trim Panel with Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Except Cadillac) .
3. Remove the instrument panel compartment door. Refer to Instrument Panel Compartment Door
Replacement (Except Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Compartment Door Replacement
(Cadillac) .
4. Remove the interface communication module. Refer to Communication Interface Module
Replacement (Cadillac), Communication Interface Module Replacement (Except Cadillac).
Navigation/Cellular Coaxial Cable

1. If the coaxial antenna cable is taped in the wiring harness then just cut the ends off at
1 the interface communication module and the antenna connection and route the new
harness next to the old and use tie straps as needed to secure routing.
2. If needed use a piece of mechanics wire or suitable equivalent to route new cable
through windshield pillar and I/P area.

Audio System Transceiver Module Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the video display assembly. Refer to Video Display Replacement (Second Row), Video
Display Replacement (Third Row).
Roof Console Assembly
1 Refer to Roof Rear Console Replacement (with DVD) , Roof Rear Console
Replacement (w/o DVD) .
Audio System Transceiver Module Assembly

1. Disconnect the electrical connector.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:44 Page 228 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

2. Use a flat bladed tool to release the tabs that secure the module to the roof console on
2 each side of the module.
3. Slide forward and up to release from the roof console.

Video Display Replacement (Second Row)


Callout Component Name
Video Display Assembly Screw (Qty: 4)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .

1
TIP: Make sure that all 4 washers on the 4 mounting screws are accounted for. If any
washers are off the screw and loose, discard to prevent a rattle. The washers were required
only for assembly plant installation, and can be used if still on the screw or they can be
discarded.
Tighten
2 N.m (18 lb in)
Video Display Assembly
2 1. Pull down to disengage the retainer clip and remove from the vehicle.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector.

Video Display Replacement (Third Row)


Callout Component Name
Video Display Assembly Screw (Qty: 4)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .

1
Tighten
2 N.m (18 lb in)
TIP: Make sure that all 4 washers on the 4 mounting screws are accounted for. If any
washers are off the screw and loose, discard to prevent a rattle. The washers were required
only for assembly plant installation, and can be used if still on the screw or they can be
discarded.
Video Display Assembly
2 1. Pull down to disengage the retainer clip and remove from the vehicle.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector.

Rear Seat Audio Control Replacement


Callout Component Name

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:44 Page 229 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Front Floor Console Compartment Bezel Assembly


1 Refer to Front Floor Console Compartment Bezel Replacement (Except Cadillac) ,
Front Floor Console Compartment Bezel Replacement (Cadillac) .
Rear Radio Control Assembly Screw (Qty: 4)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
2

TIP: Tighten the fasteners equally to ensure the control assembly seats evenly.
Tighten
1.5 N.m (13 lb in)
Rear Radio Control Assembly
3 Procedure
Disconnect the electrical connectors from the rear radio control assembly.

Audio/Video Disc Player Adapter Replacement (Cadillac)


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the front floor console compartment bezel. Refer to Front Floor Console Compartment Bezel
Replacement (Except Cadillac) , Front Floor Console Compartment Bezel Replacement (Cadillac) .
Audio/Video Disc Player Adapter Assembly
1
TIP: Depress the four tabs and remove from the bezel.

Audio/Video Disc Player Adapter Replacement (Except Cadillac)


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the front floor console compartment bezel. Refer to Front Floor Console Compartment Bezel
Replacement (Except Cadillac) , Front Floor Console Compartment Bezel Replacement (Cadillac) .
Audio/Video Disc Player Adapter Assembly Screw (Qty: 2)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
2 N.m (18 lb in)
2 Audio/Video Disc Player Adapter Assembly

Radio Front Speaker Grille Replacement


Callout Component Name
1 Front Speaker Grille
2 Front Speaker Grille Retainer Clip (Qty: 4)

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:45 Page 230 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

Radio Front Speaker Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the front speaker grille. Refer to Radio Front Speaker Grille Replacement.
Front Speaker Screw (Qty: 2)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
6 N.m (53 lb in)
Front Speaker Assembly
2
TIP: Disconnect the electrical connector.

Front Upper Speaker Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the windshield pillar garnish molding. Refer to Windshield Pillar Garnish Molding
Replacement .
Speaker Assembly, Radio Windshield Side Garnish Molding
1
TIP: Press in the tabs on the speaker to release from the windshield pillar.
Speaker Grille, Radio Windshield Side Garnish Molding
2
TIP: Press in on the tabs of the speaker grille to release from the windshield pillar.

USB Receptacle Replacement (Cadillac)


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the rear seat audio control. Refer to Rear Seat Audio Control Replacement
USB Receptacle

1 1. Open the glove box.


2. Release snap fit lock and push forward.
3. Disconnect the electrical connector.

USB Receptacle Replacement (With SLT)


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the rear seat audio control. Refer to Rear Seat Audio Control Replacement

USB Receptacle
1
1. Open the glove box.
2. Release snap fit lock and push forward.

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:45 Page 231 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

3. Disconnect the electrical connector.

USB Receptacle Replacement (Without SLT)


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the instrument panel accessory trim plate. Refer to Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate
Replacement (Except Cadillac) , Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Replacement (Cadillac)
USB Receptacle

Procedure
1
1. Disconnect the electrical connector.
2. Release the tabs and gently remove the receptacle by pushing forward from the trim
plate.

Radio Front Side Door Speaker Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the front door inner trim panel. Refer to Front Side Door Trim Panel Replacement .
Front Door Speaker Screw

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
3 N.m (25 lb in)
TIP: Disconnect the electrical connectors.
2 Front Door Speaker

Radio Front Floor Console Speaker Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the front floor console assembly. Refer to Front Floor Console Replacement (Except
Cadillac) , Front Floor Console Replacement (Cadillac) .
Speaker Assembly Nut (Qty: 3)

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
9 N.m (80 lb in)
Front Floor Console Speaker Assembly

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:45 Page 232 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2012 Cadillac Escalade
2012 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe
& Yukon

2 TIP: Disconnect the electrical connectors.

Radio Rear Side Door Speaker Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the rear door inner trim panel. Refer to Rear Side Door Trim Panel Replacement (Extended
Wheelbase) , Rear Side Door Trim Panel Replacement (Standard Wheelbase) .
Rear Door Speaker Screw

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
3 N.m (25 lb in)
TIP: Disconnect the electrical connectors.
2 Rear Door Speaker

Rear Pillar Speaker Replacement


Callout Component Name
Preliminary Procedure
Remove the rear corner garnish molding. Refer to Body Rear Corner Garnish Molding Replacement -
Right Side , or Body Rear Corner Garnish Molding Replacement - Left Side (With E61) , Body
Rear Corner Garnish Molding Replacement - Left Side (Without E61) .
Radio Rear Speaker Assembly Screw

CAUTION:
Refer to Fastener Caution .
1

Tighten
3 N.m (25 lb in)
2 Radio Rear Speaker Assembly

viernes, 9 de abril de 2021 18:12:45 Page 233 © 2011 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.

You might also like